SemaDecl.cpp revision 1a5d35539a16f3b2eb2426f3f23a8376b190741c
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 43#include <algorithm> 44#include <cstring> 45#include <functional> 46using namespace clang; 47using namespace sema; 48 49Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 50 if (OwnedType) { 51 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 52 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 53 } 54 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 56} 57 58/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 59/// return the declaration of that type. 60/// 61/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 62/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 63/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 64/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 65/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 66/// 67/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 68/// and then return NULL. 69ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 70 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 71 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 72 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 73 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 74 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 75 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 76 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 77 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 78 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 79 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 80 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 81 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 82 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 83 84 if (!LookupCtx) { 85 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 86 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 87 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 88 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 89 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 90 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 91 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 92 // 93 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 94 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 95 if (!isClassName) 96 return ParsedType(); 97 98 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 99 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 100 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 101 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 102 103 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 104 QualType T = 105 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 106 II, NameLoc); 107 108 return ParsedType::make(T); 109 } 110 111 return ParsedType(); 112 } 113 114 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 115 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 116 return ParsedType(); 117 } 118 119 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 120 // lookup for class-names. 121 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 122 LookupOrdinaryName; 123 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 124 if (LookupCtx) { 125 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 126 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 127 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 128 // nested-name-specifier. 129 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 130 131 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 132 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 133 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 134 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 135 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 136 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 137 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 138 LookupName(Result, S); 139 } 140 } else { 141 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 142 LookupName(Result, S); 143 } 144 145 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 146 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 147 case LookupResult::NotFound: 148 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 149 if (CorrectedII) { 150 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 151 Kind, S, SS, 0, false, 152 Sema::CTC_Type); 153 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 154 TemplateTy Template; 155 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 156 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 157 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 158 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 159 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 160 if (SS && NNS) { 161 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 162 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 163 } 164 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 165 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 166 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 167 // is handled elsewhere). 168 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 169 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 170 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 171 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 172 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 173 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 174 if (Ty) { 175 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 176 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 177 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 178 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 179 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr 180 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 181 CorrectedStr); 182 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 183 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 184 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 185 186 if (SS && NNS) 187 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 188 *CorrectedII = NewII; 189 return Ty; 190 } 191 } 192 } 193 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 194 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 195 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 196 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 197 return ParsedType(); 198 199 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 200 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 201 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 202 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 203 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 204 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 205 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 206 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 207 return ParsedType(); 208 } 209 210 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 211 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 212 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 213 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 214 if (!IIDecl || 215 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 216 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 217 IIDecl = *Res; 218 } 219 } 220 221 if (!IIDecl) { 222 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 223 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 224 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 225 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 226 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 227 // a type name. 228 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 229 return ParsedType(); 230 } 231 232 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 233 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 234 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 235 // perform the name lookup again. 236 break; 237 238 case LookupResult::Found: 239 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 240 break; 241 } 242 243 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 244 245 QualType T; 246 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 247 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 248 249 if (T.isNull()) 250 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 251 252 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 253 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 254 // Construct a type with type-source information. 255 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 256 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 257 258 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 259 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 260 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 261 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 262 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 263 } else { 264 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 265 } 266 } 267 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 268 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 269 if (!HasTrailingDot) 270 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 271 } 272 273 if (T.isNull()) { 274 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 275 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 276 return ParsedType(); 277 } 278 return ParsedType::make(T); 279} 280 281/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 282/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 283/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 284/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 285/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 286DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 287 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 288 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 289 LookupName(R, S, false); 290 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 292 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 293 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 294 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 295 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 296 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 297 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 298 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 299 } 300 } 301 302 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 303} 304 305/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 306/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 307/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 308/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 309/// @code 310/// template<class T> class A { 311/// public: 312/// typedef int TYPE; 313/// }; 314/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 315/// public: 316/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 317/// }; 318/// @endcode 319bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 320 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 321 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 322 323 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 324 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 325 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 326 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 327 return true; 328 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 329 } 330 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 331} 332 333bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 334 SourceLocation IILoc, 335 Scope *S, 336 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 337 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 338 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 339 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 340 341 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 342 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 343 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 344 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 345 false, CTC_Type)) { 346 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 347 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 348 349 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 350 // We corrected to a keyword. 351 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 353 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 354 return true; 355 } else { 356 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 357 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 358 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 359 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 360 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 361 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 362 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 363 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 364 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 365 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 366 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 367 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 368 else 369 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 370 371 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 372 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 373 374 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 375 false, false, ParsedType(), 376 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 377 return true; 378 } 379 } 380 } 381 382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 383 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 384 UnqualifiedId Name; 385 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 386 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 387 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 388 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 389 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 390 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 391 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 392 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 393 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 394 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 395 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 396 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 397 } 398 return true; 399 } 400 } 401 402 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 403 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 404 405 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 406 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 407 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 408 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 409 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 410 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 411 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 412 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 413 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 414 415 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 416 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 417 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 418 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 419 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc) 420 .get(); 421 } else { 422 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 423 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 424 } 425 426 return true; 427} 428 429/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 430/// or 431static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 432 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 433 NextToken.is(tok::less); 434 435 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 436 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 437 return true; 438 439 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 440 return true; 441 } 442 443 return false; 444} 445 446Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 447 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 448 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 449 SourceLocation NameLoc, 450 const Token &NextToken) { 451 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 452 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 453 454 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 455 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 456 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 457 458 } 459 460 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 461 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 462 463 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 464 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 465 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 466 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 467 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 468 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 469 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 470 return E; 471 } 472 473 bool SecondTry = false; 474 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 475 476Corrected: 477 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 478 case LookupResult::NotFound: 479 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 480 // call. 481 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 482 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 483 // FIXME: Reference? 484 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 485 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 486 487 // C90 6.3.2.2: 488 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 489 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 490 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 491 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 492 // the function call, the declaration 493 // 494 // extern int identifier (); 495 // 496 // appeared. 497 // 498 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 499 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 500 Result.addDecl(D); 501 Result.resolveKind(); 502 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 503 } 504 } 505 506 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 507 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 508 // "struct", or "union". 509 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 510 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 511 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 512 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 const char *TagName = 0; 514 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 515 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 516 case TTK_Class: 517 TagName = "class"; 518 FixItTagName = "class "; 519 break; 520 521 case TTK_Enum: 522 TagName = "enum"; 523 FixItTagName = "enum "; 524 break; 525 526 case TTK_Struct: 527 TagName = "struct"; 528 FixItTagName = "struct "; 529 break; 530 531 case TTK_Union: 532 TagName = "union"; 533 FixItTagName = "union "; 534 break; 535 } 536 537 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 538 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 539 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 540 break; 541 } 542 543 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 544 } 545 546 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 547 // close to this name. 548 if (!SecondTry) { 549 SecondTry = true; 550 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 551 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 552 &SS)) { 553 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 554 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 555 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 556 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 557 558 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 559 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 560 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 562 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 563 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 564 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 565 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 566 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 567 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 568 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 569 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 570 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 571 } 572 573 if (SS.isEmpty()) 574 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 575 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 576 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 577 else 578 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 579 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 580 << SS.getRange() 581 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 582 583 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 584 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 585 586 // Also update the LookupResult... 587 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 588 Result.clear(); 589 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 590 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 591 592 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 593 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 594 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 595 596 if (FirstDecl) 597 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 598 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 599 600 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 601 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 602 // reference the ivar. 603 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 604 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 605 Result.clear(); 606 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 607 return move(E); 608 } 609 610 goto Corrected; 611 } 612 } 613 614 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 615 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 616 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 617 618 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 619 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 620 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 621 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 622 623 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 624 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 625 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 626 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 627 // qualified by the keyword typename. 628 // 629 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 630 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 631 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 632 // keyword here. 633 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 634 635 case LookupResult::Found: 636 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 637 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 638 break; 639 640 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 641 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 642 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 643 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 644 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 645 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 646 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 647 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 648 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 649 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 650 // ambiguous. 651 // 652 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 653 // so try again after filtering out template names. 654 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 655 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 656 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 657 break; 658 } 659 } 660 661 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 662 return NameClassification::Error(); 663 } 664 665 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 666 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 667 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 668 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 669 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 670 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 671 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 672 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 673 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 674 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 675 676 if (!Result.empty()) { 677 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 678 TemplateName Template; 679 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 680 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 681 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 682 Result.end()); 683 } else { 684 TemplateDecl *TD 685 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 686 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 687 688 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 689 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 690 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 691 TD); 692 else 693 Template = TemplateName(TD); 694 } 695 696 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 697 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 698 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 699 // to based on which function we selected. 700 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 701 702 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 703 } 704 705 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 706 } 707 } 708 709 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 710 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 711 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 712 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 713 return ParsedType::make(T); 714 } 715 716 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 717 if (!Class) { 718 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 719 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 720 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 721 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 722 } 723 724 if (Class) { 725 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 726 727 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 728 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 729 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 730 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 731 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 732 } 733 734 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 735 return ParsedType::make(T); 736 } 737 738 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 739 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 740 741 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 742 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 743} 744 745// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 746// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 747// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 748DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 749 750 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 751 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 752 // the context we'll need to return to. 753 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 754 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 755 756 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 757 // lexical context. 758 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 759 return DC; 760 761 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 762 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 763 // class is the context we need to return to. 764 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 765 DC = RD; 766 767 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 768 // declared in. 769 return DC; 770 } 771 772 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 773} 774 775void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 776 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 777 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 778 CurContext = DC; 779 S->setEntity(DC); 780} 781 782void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 783 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 784 785 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 786 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 787} 788 789/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 790/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 791/// 792void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 793 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 794 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 795 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 796 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 797 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 798 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 799 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 800 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 801 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 802 // namespace. 803 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 804 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 805 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 806 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 807 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 808 809 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 810 811#ifndef NDEBUG 812 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 813 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 814 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 815#endif 816 817 CurContext = DC; 818 S->setEntity(DC); 819} 820 821void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 822 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 823 824 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 825 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 826 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 827 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 828 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 829 830 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 831 // disappear. 832} 833 834 835void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 836 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 837 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 838 // We assume that the caller has already called 839 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 840 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 841 } 842 if (!FD) 843 return; 844 845 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 846 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 847 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 848 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 849 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 850 S->AddDecl(Param); 851 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 852 } 853 } 854} 855 856 857/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 858/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 859/// 860/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 861/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 862/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 863/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 864/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 865/// attribute. 866static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 867 ASTContext &Context) { 868 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 869 return true; 870 871 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 872 return true; 873 874 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 875 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 876} 877 878/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 879void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 880 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 881 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 882 // scope. 883 while (S->getEntity() && 884 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 885 S = S->getParent(); 886 887 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 888 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 889 // into any context. 890 if (AddToContext) 891 CurContext->addDecl(D); 892 893 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 894 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 895 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 896 D->isOutOfLine() && 897 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 898 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 899 return; 900 901 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 902 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 903 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 904 return; 905 906 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 907 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 908 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 909 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 910 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 911 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 912 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 913 914 // Should only need to replace one decl. 915 break; 916 } 917 } 918 919 S->AddDecl(D); 920 921 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 922 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 923 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 924 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 925 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 926 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 927 if (IDC == CurContext) { 928 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 929 continue; 930 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 931 break; 932 } 933 934 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 935 } else { 936 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 937 } 938} 939 940void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 941 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 942 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 943} 944 945bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 946 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 947 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 948 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 949} 950 951Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 952 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 953 do { 954 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 955 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 956 return S; 957 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 958 959 return 0; 960} 961 962static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 963 DeclContext*, 964 ASTContext&); 965 966/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 967/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 968void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 969 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 970 bool ConsiderLinkage, 971 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 972 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 973 while (F.hasNext()) { 974 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 975 976 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 977 continue; 978 979 if (ConsiderLinkage && 980 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 981 continue; 982 983 F.erase(); 984 } 985 986 F.done(); 987} 988 989static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 990 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 991 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 992 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 993} 994 995/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 996static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 997 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 998 while (F.hasNext()) 999 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1000 F.erase(); 1001 1002 F.done(); 1003} 1004 1005/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1006/// @code 1007/// class S { 1008/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1009/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1010/// }; 1011/// @endcode 1012static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1013 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1014 // the decl here. 1015 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1016 return false; 1017 1018 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1019 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1020 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1021 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1022 return false; 1023} 1024 1025bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1026 assert(D); 1027 1028 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1029 return false; 1030 1031 // Ignore class templates. 1032 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1033 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1034 return false; 1035 1036 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1037 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1038 return false; 1039 1040 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1041 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1042 return false; 1043 } else { 1044 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1045 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1046 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1047 return false; 1048 } 1049 1050 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1051 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1052 return false; 1053 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1054 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1055 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1056 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1057 return false; 1058 1059 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1060 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1061 return false; 1062 1063 } else { 1064 return false; 1065 } 1066 1067 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1068 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1069 return false; 1070 1071 return true; 1072} 1073 1074void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1075 if (!D) 1076 return; 1077 1078 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1079 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1080 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1081 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1082 } 1083 1084 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1085 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1086 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1087 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1088 } 1089 1090 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1091 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1092 } 1093 1094static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1095 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1096 return false; 1097 1098 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1099 return false; 1100 1101 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1102 return true; 1103 1104 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1105 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1106 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1107 return false; 1108 1109 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1110 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1111 1112 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1113 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1114 1115 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1116 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1117 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1118 return false; 1119 } 1120 1121 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1122 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1123 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1124 return false; 1125 1126 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1127 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1128 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1129 return false; 1130 1131 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1132 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1133 return false; 1134 1135 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1136 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1137 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1138 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1139 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1140 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1141 return false; 1142 } 1143 } 1144 } 1145 } 1146 1147 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1148 } 1149 1150 return true; 1151} 1152 1153static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1154 FixItHint &Hint) { 1155 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1156 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1157 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1158 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1159 return; 1160 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1161 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1162 } 1163 return; 1164} 1165 1166/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1167/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1168void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1169 FixItHint Hint; 1170 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1171 return; 1172 1173 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1174 1175 unsigned DiagID; 1176 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1177 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1178 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1179 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1180 else 1181 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1182 1183 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1184} 1185 1186static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1187 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1188 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1189 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1190 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1191 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1192} 1193 1194void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1195 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1196 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1197 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1198 1199 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1200 I != E; ++I) { 1201 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1202 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1203 1204 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1205 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1206 1207 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1208 1209 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1210 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1211 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1212 1213 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1214 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1215 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1216 1217 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1218 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1219 } 1220} 1221 1222/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1223/// 1224/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1225/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1226/// to the fixed name. 1227/// 1228/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1229/// 1230/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1231/// if there is no class with the given name. 1232/// 1233/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1234/// class could not be found. 1235ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1236 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1237 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1238 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1239 // creation from this context. 1240 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1241 1242 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1243 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1244 // find an Objective-C class name. 1245 TypoCorrection C; 1246 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1247 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1248 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1249 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1250 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1252 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1253 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1254 1255 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1256 } 1257 } 1258 1259 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1260} 1261 1262/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1263/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1264/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1265/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1266/// ill-formed in C++: 1267/// @code 1268/// struct S6 { 1269/// enum { BAR } e; 1270/// }; 1271/// 1272/// void test_S6() { 1273/// struct S6 a; 1274/// a.e = BAR; 1275/// } 1276/// @endcode 1277/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1278/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1279/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1280/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1281/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1282/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1283/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1284/// contain non-field names. 1285Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1286 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1287 (S->getEntity() && 1288 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1289 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1290 S = S->getParent(); 1291 return S; 1292} 1293 1294/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1295/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1296/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1297/// built-in. 1298NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1299 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1300 SourceLocation Loc) { 1301 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1302 1303 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1304 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1305 switch (Error) { 1306 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1307 // Okay 1308 break; 1309 1310 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1311 if (ForRedeclaration) 1312 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1313 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1314 return 0; 1315 1316 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1317 if (ForRedeclaration) 1318 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1319 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1320 return 0; 1321 1322 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1323 if (ForRedeclaration) 1324 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1325 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1326 return 0; 1327 } 1328 1329 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1330 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1331 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1332 << R; 1333 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1334 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1335 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1336 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1337 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1338 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1339 } 1340 1341 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1342 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1343 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1344 SC_Extern, 1345 SC_None, false, 1346 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1347 New->setImplicit(); 1348 1349 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1350 // FunctionDecl. 1351 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1352 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1353 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1354 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1355 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1356 SourceLocation(), 0, 1357 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1358 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1359 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1360 Params.push_back(parm); 1361 } 1362 New->setParams(Params); 1363 } 1364 1365 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1366 1367 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1368 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1369 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1370 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1371 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1372 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1373 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1374 CurContext = SavedContext; 1375 return New; 1376} 1377 1378bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1379 QualType OldType; 1380 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1381 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1382 else 1383 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1384 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1385 1386 if (OldType != NewType && 1387 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1388 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1389 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1390 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1392 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1393 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1395 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1396 return true; 1397 } 1398 return false; 1399} 1400 1401/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1402/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1403/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1404/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1405/// 1406void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1407 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1408 // merging checks. 1409 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1410 1411 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1412 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1413 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1414 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1415 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1416 default: break; 1417 case 2: 1418 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1419 break; 1420 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1421 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1422 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1423 return; 1424 case 5: 1425 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1426 break; 1427 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1428 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1429 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1430 return; 1431 case 3: 1432 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1433 break; 1434 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1435 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1436 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1437 return; 1438 } 1439 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1440 } 1441 1442 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1443 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1444 if (!Old) { 1445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1446 << New->getDeclName(); 1447 1448 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1449 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1450 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1451 1452 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1453 } 1454 1455 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1456 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1457 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1458 1459 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1460 // with any extensions enabled. 1461 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1462 return; 1463 1464 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1465 // declaration was a typedef. 1466 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1467 // spellings don't match exactly. 1468 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1469 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1470 1471 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 1472 return; 1473 1474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1475 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1476 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1477 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1478 // to the type to which it already refers. 1479 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1480 return; 1481 1482 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1483 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1484 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1485 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1486 // 1487 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1488 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1489 // 1490 // struct S { 1491 // typedef struct A { } A; 1492 // }; 1493 // 1494 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1495 // allow the above but disallow 1496 // 1497 // struct S { 1498 // typedef int I; 1499 // typedef int I; 1500 // }; 1501 // 1502 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1503 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1504 return; 1505 1506 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1507 << New->getDeclName(); 1508 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1509 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1510 } 1511 1512 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1513 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1514 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1515 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1516 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1517 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1518 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1519 return; 1520 1521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1522 << New->getDeclName(); 1523 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1524 return; 1525} 1526 1527/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1528/// attribute. 1529static bool 1530DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1531 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1532 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1533 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1534 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1535 if (Ann) { 1536 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1537 return true; 1538 continue; 1539 } 1540 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1541 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1542 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1543 return true; 1544 } 1545 1546 return false; 1547} 1548 1549/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1550void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1551 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1552 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1553 return; 1554 1555 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1556 1557 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1558 // we process them. 1559 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1560 1561 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1562 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1563 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1564 i != e; ++i) { 1565 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1566 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1567 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1568 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1569 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1570 continue; 1571 1572 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1573 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context)); 1574 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1575 New->addAttr(newAttr); 1576 foundAny = true; 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1581} 1582 1583/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1584/// to the new one. 1585static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1586 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1587 ASTContext &C) { 1588 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1589 return; 1590 1591 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1592 1593 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1594 // done before we process them. 1595 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1596 1597 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1598 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1599 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1600 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1601 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1602 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1603 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1604 foundAny = true; 1605 } 1606 } 1607 1608 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1609} 1610 1611namespace { 1612 1613/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1614/// C. 1615struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1616 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1617 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1618 QualType PromotedType; 1619}; 1620 1621} 1622 1623/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1624Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1625 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1626 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1627 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1628 1629 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1630 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1631 1632 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1633 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1634 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1635 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1636 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1637 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1638 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1639 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1640 } 1641 1642 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1643} 1644 1645/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1646/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1647/// GNU89 mode. 1648static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1649 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1650 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1651 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1652 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1653 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1654} 1655 1656/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1657/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1658/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1659/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1660/// 1661/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1662/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1663/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1664/// merged with. 1665/// 1666/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1667bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1668 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1669 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1670 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1671 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1672 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1673 else 1674 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1675 if (!Old) { 1676 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1677 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1678 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1679 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1680 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1681 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1682 return true; 1683 } 1684 1685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1686 << New->getDeclName(); 1687 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1688 return true; 1689 } 1690 1691 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1692 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1693 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1694 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1695 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1696 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1697 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1698 else 1699 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1700 1701 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1702 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1703 1704 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1705 // is an extern inline function. 1706 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1707 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1708 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1709 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1710 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 1711 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1712 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1713 } else { 1714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1715 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1716 return true; 1717 } 1718 } 1719 1720 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1721 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1722 // calling convention of the first. 1723 // 1724 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1725 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1726 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1727 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1728 // because it is the default calling convention. 1729 // 1730 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1731 // other tests to run. 1732 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1733 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1734 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1735 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1736 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1737 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1738 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1739 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1740 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1741 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1742 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1743 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1744 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1745 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1746 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1747 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1748 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1749 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1750 return true; 1751 } 1752 1753 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1754 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1755 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1756 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1757 } 1758 1759 // Merge regparm attribute. 1760 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1761 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1762 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1763 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1764 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1765 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1766 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1767 return true; 1768 } 1769 1770 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1771 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1772 } 1773 1774 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1775 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1776 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1777 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1778 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1779 return true; 1780 } 1781 1782 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1783 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1784 } 1785 1786 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1787 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1788 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1789 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1790 } 1791 1792 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1793 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1794 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1795 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1796 // cannot be overloaded. 1797 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1798 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1799 QualType ResQT; 1800 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1801 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1802 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1803 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1804 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1805 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1806 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1807 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1808 else 1809 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1810 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1811 return true; 1812 } 1813 else 1814 NewQType = ResQT; 1815 } 1816 1817 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1818 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1819 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1820 // Preserve triviality. 1821 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1822 1823 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1824 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1825 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1826 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1827 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1828 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1829 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1830 1831 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1832 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1833 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1834 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1835 // is a static member function declaration. 1836 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1838 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 1842 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1843 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1844 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1845 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1846 unsigned NewDiag; 1847 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1848 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1849 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1850 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1851 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1852 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1853 else 1854 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1855 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1858 1859 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1860 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1861 // 1862 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1863 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1864 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1865 if (isFriend) { 1866 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1867 } else { 1868 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1869 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1870 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1871 return true; 1872 } 1873 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1874 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1875 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1876 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1877 return true; 1878 } 1879 } 1880 1881 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1882 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1883 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1884 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1885 1886 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1887 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1888 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1889 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1890 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1891 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1892 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1893 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1894 } 1895 1896 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1897 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1898 1899 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1900 } 1901 1902 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1903 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1904 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1905 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1906 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1907 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1908 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1909 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1910 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1911 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1912 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1913 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1914 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1915 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1916 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1917 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1918 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1919 New->setType(NewQType); 1920 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1921 1922 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1923 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1924 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1925 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1926 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1927 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1928 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1929 SourceLocation(), 1930 SourceLocation(), 0, 1931 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1932 SC_None, SC_None, 1933 0); 1934 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1935 Param->setImplicit(); 1936 Params.push_back(Param); 1937 } 1938 1939 New->setParams(Params); 1940 } 1941 1942 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1943 } 1944 1945 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1946 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1947 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1948 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1949 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1950 // the prototype. 1951 // 1952 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1953 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1954 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1955 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1956 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1957 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1958 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1959 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1960 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1961 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1962 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1963 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1964 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1965 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1966 1967 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1968 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1969 NewProto->getResultType()); 1970 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1971 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1972 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1973 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1974 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1975 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1976 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1977 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1978 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1979 NewParm->getType(), 1980 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1981 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1982 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1983 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1984 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1985 } else 1986 LooseCompatible = false; 1987 } 1988 1989 if (LooseCompatible) { 1990 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1991 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1992 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1993 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1994 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1995 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1996 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1997 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1998 } 1999 2000 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2001 ArgTypes.size(), 2002 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2003 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 2004 } 2005 2006 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2007 } 2008 2009 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2010 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2011 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2012 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2013 // signature. 2014 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2015 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2016 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2017 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2018 // library built-in. 2019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2020 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2021 << Old << Old->getType(); 2022 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2023 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2024 return false; 2025 } 2026 2027 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2028 } 2029 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2032 return true; 2033} 2034 2035/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2036/// known to be compatible. 2037/// 2038/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2039/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2040/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2041/// redeclaration of Old. 2042/// 2043/// \returns false 2044bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 2045 // Merge the attributes 2046 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2047 2048 // Merge the storage class. 2049 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2050 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2051 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2052 2053 // Merge "pure" flag. 2054 if (Old->isPure()) 2055 New->setPure(); 2056 2057 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2058 // declarations. 2059 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2060 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2061 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2062 Context); 2063 2064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2065 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 2066 2067 return false; 2068} 2069 2070 2071void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2072 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2073 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 2074 // except from interface to implementation. 2075 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 2076 2077 // Merge the attributes. 2078 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation); 2079 2080 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2081 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(); 2082 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2083 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2084 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2085 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2086 2087 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2088} 2089 2090/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2091/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2092/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2093/// 2094/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2095/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 2096/// check them before the initializer is attached. 2097/// 2098void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2099 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2100 return; 2101 2102 QualType MergedT; 2103 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2104 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2105 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2106 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2107 return; 2108 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2109 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2110 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2111 } 2112 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2113 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2114 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2115 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2116 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2117 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2118 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2119 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2120 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2121 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2122 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2123 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2124 MergedT = New->getType(); 2125 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2126 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2127 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2128 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2129 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2130 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2131 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2132 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2133 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2134 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2135 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2136 Old->getType()); 2137 } 2138 } else { 2139 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2140 } 2141 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2143 << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 New->setType(MergedT); 2148} 2149 2150/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2151/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2152/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2153/// 2154/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2155/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2156/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2157/// 2158void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2159 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2160 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2161 return; 2162 2163 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2164 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2165 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2166 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2168 << New->getDeclName(); 2169 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2170 diag::note_previous_definition); 2171 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2172 } 2173 2174 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2175 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2176 // 2177 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2178 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2179 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2180 << New->getIdentifier(); 2181 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2182 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2183 } 2184 2185 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2186 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2187 // declaration 2188 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2189 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2190 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2192 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2193 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2194 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2195 } 2196 2197 // Merge the types. 2198 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2199 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2200 return; 2201 2202 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2203 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2204 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2206 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2207 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2208 } 2209 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2210 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2211 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2212 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2213 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2214 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2215 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2216 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2217 // identifier has external linkage. 2218 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2219 /* Okay */; 2220 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2221 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2224 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2225 } 2226 2227 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2228 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2229 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2230 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2231 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2232 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2233 } 2234 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2235 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2237 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2238 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2239 } 2240 2241 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2242 2243 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2244 // need to check for mismatches. 2245 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2246 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2247 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2248 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2249 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2250 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2251 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2252 } 2253 2254 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2256 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2257 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2259 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2260 } 2261 2262 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2263 const VarDecl *Def; 2264 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2265 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2266 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2267 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2268 << New->getDeclName(); 2269 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2270 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2271 return; 2272 } 2273 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2274 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2275 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2276 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2277 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2278 // specified at the prior declaration. 2279 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2280 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2281 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2282 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2283 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2284 2285 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2286 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2287 2288 // Inherit access appropriately. 2289 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2290} 2291 2292/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2293/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2294Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2295 DeclSpec &DS) { 2296 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2297 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2298} 2299 2300/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2301/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2302/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2303Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2304 DeclSpec &DS, 2305 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2306 Decl *TagD = 0; 2307 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2308 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2309 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2310 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2311 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2312 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2313 2314 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2315 return 0; 2316 2317 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2318 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2319 // it's a Type. 2320 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2321 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2322 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2323 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2324 } 2325 2326 if (Tag) 2327 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2328 2329 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2330 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2331 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2332 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2333 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2334 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2335 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2336 } 2337 2338 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2339 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2340 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2341 if (Tag) 2342 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2343 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2344 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2345 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2346 else 2347 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2348 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2349 return TagD; 2350 } 2351 2352 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2353 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2354 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2355 if (TagD && !Tag) 2356 return 0; 2357 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2358 } 2359 2360 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2361 // declarators. 2362 bool emittedWarning = false; 2363 2364 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2365 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2366 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2368 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2369 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2370 2371 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2372 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2373 emittedWarning = true; 2374 } 2375 } 2376 2377 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2378 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2379 CurContext->isRecord() && 2380 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2381 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2382 // struct STRUCT; 2383 // and 2384 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2385 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2386 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2387 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2388 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2389 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2390 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2391 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2392 } 2393 } 2394 2395 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2396 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2397 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2398 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2399 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2400 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2401 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2402 emittedWarning = true; 2403 } 2404 2405 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2406 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2407 2408 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2409 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2410 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2411 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2412 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2413 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2414 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2415 return Tag; 2416 } 2417 2418 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2419 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2420 emittedWarning = true; 2421 } 2422 2423 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2424 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2425 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2426 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2427 return TagD; 2428 2429 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2430 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2431 // useless. 2432 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2433 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2434 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2435 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2436 2437 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2438 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2439 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2440 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2441 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2442 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2443 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2444 // Restrict is covered above. 2445 } 2446 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2447 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2448 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2449 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2450 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2451 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2452 2453 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2454 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2455 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2456 << Tag->getTagKind() 2457 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2458 2459 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2460 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2461 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2462 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2463 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2464 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2465 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2466 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2467 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2468 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2469 while (attrs) { 2470 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2471 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2472 << attrs->getName() 2473 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2474 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2475 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2476 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2477 } 2478 } 2479 } 2480 2481 return TagD; 2482} 2483 2484/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2485/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2486StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2487 StmtResult R; 2488 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2489 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2490 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2491 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2492 do 2493 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2494 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2495 } 2496 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2497 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2498 } 2499 } 2500 return R; 2501} 2502 2503/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2504/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2505/// 2506/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2507static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2508 Scope *S, 2509 DeclContext *Owner, 2510 DeclarationName Name, 2511 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2512 unsigned diagnostic) { 2513 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2514 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2515 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2516 2517 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2518 return false; 2519 2520 // Pick a representative declaration. 2521 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2522 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2523 2524 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2525 return false; 2526 2527 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2528 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2529 2530 return true; 2531} 2532 2533/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2534/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2535/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2536/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2537/// struct, e.g., 2538/// 2539/// @code 2540/// union { 2541/// int i; 2542/// float f; 2543/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2544/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2545/// @endcode 2546/// 2547/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2548/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2549static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2550 DeclContext *Owner, 2551 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2552 AccessSpecifier AS, 2553 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2554 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2555 unsigned diagKind 2556 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2557 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2558 2559 bool Invalid = false; 2560 2561 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2562 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2563 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2564 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2565 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2566 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2567 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2568 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2569 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2570 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2571 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2572 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2573 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2574 Invalid = true; 2575 } else { 2576 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2577 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2578 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2579 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2580 // anonymous union is declared. 2581 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2582 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2583 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2584 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2585 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2586 else 2587 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2588 2589 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2590 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2591 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2592 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2593 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2594 2595 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2596 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2597 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2598 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2599 2600 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2601 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2602 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2603 2604 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2605 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2606 2607 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2608 } 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 return Invalid; 2613} 2614 2615/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2616/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2617/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2618static StorageClass 2619StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2620 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2621 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2622 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2623 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2624 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2625 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2626 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2627 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2628 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2629 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2630 } 2631 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2632} 2633 2634/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2635/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2636/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2637static StorageClass 2638StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2639 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2640 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2641 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2642 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2643 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2644 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2645 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2646 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2647 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2648 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2649 } 2650 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2651} 2652 2653/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2654/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2655/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2656/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2657Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2658 AccessSpecifier AS, 2659 RecordDecl *Record) { 2660 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2661 2662 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2663 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2664 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2665 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2666 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2667 2668 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2669 // structs/unions. 2670 bool Invalid = false; 2671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2672 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2673 unsigned DiagID; 2674 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2675 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2676 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2677 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2678 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2679 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2680 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2681 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2682 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2683 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2684 2685 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2686 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2687 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2688 } 2689 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2690 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2691 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2692 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2693 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2694 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2695 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2697 2698 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2699 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2700 SourceLocation(), 2701 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2706 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2707 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2708 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2709 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2710 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2711 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2712 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2713 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2714 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2715 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2716 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2717 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2718 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2719 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2720 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2721 2722 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2723 } 2724 2725 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2726 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2727 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2728 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2729 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2730 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2731 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2732 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2733 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2734 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2735 // members (clause 11). 2736 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2737 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2738 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2739 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2740 Invalid = true; 2741 } 2742 2743 // C++ [class.union]p1 2744 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2745 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2746 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2747 // array of such objects. 2748 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2749 Invalid = true; 2750 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2751 // Any implicit members are fine. 2752 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2753 // This is a type that showed up in an 2754 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2755 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2756 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2757 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2758 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2759 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2760 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2761 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 2762 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2763 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2764 else { 2765 // This is a nested type declaration. 2766 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2767 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2768 Invalid = true; 2769 } 2770 } 2771 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2772 // Any access specifier is fine. 2773 } else { 2774 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2775 // member. Complain about it. 2776 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2777 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2778 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2779 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2780 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2781 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2782 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2783 2784 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2785 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && 2786 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2787 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2788 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2789 else { 2790 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2791 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2792 Invalid = true; 2793 } 2794 } 2795 } 2796 } 2797 2798 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2799 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2800 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2801 Invalid = true; 2802 } 2803 2804 // Mock up a declarator. 2805 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2806 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2807 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2808 2809 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2810 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2811 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2812 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2813 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2814 Record->getLocation(), 2815 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2816 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2817 TInfo, 2818 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2819 /*HasInit=*/false); 2820 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2821 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2822 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2823 } else { 2824 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2825 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2826 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2827 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2828 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2829 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2830 // an error here 2831 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2832 Invalid = true; 2833 SC = SC_None; 2834 } 2835 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2836 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2837 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2838 2839 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2840 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2841 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2842 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2843 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2844 2845 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 2846 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 2847 // initializer: 2848 // union { int n = 0; }; 2849 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 2850 } 2851 Anon->setImplicit(); 2852 2853 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2854 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2855 // its members. 2856 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2857 2858 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2859 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2860 // purposes. 2861 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2862 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2863 2864 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2865 Chain, false)) 2866 Invalid = true; 2867 2868 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2869 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2870 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2871 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2872 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2873 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2874 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2875 2876 if (Invalid) 2877 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2878 2879 return Anon; 2880} 2881 2882/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2883/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2884/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2885/// Example: 2886/// 2887/// struct A { int a; }; 2888/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2889/// 2890/// void foo() { 2891/// B var; 2892/// var.a = 3; 2893/// } 2894/// 2895Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2896 RecordDecl *Record) { 2897 2898 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2899 if (!Record) 2900 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2901 2902 // Mock up a declarator. 2903 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2904 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2905 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2906 2907 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2908 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2909 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2910 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2911 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2912 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2913 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2914 TInfo, 2915 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2916 /*HasInit=*/false); 2917 Anon->setImplicit(); 2918 2919 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2920 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2921 2922 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2923 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2924 // purposes. 2925 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2926 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2927 2928 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2929 Record->getDefinition(), 2930 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2931 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2932 2933 return Anon; 2934} 2935 2936/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2937/// given Declarator. 2938DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2939 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2940} 2941 2942/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2943DeclarationNameInfo 2944Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2945 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2946 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2947 2948 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2949 2950 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2951 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2952 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2953 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2954 return NameInfo; 2955 2956 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2957 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2958 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2959 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2960 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2961 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2962 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2963 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2964 return NameInfo; 2965 2966 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2967 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2968 Name.Identifier)); 2969 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2970 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2971 return NameInfo; 2972 2973 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2974 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2975 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2976 if (Ty.isNull()) 2977 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2978 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2979 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2980 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2981 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2982 return NameInfo; 2983 } 2984 2985 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2986 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2987 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2988 if (Ty.isNull()) 2989 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2990 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2991 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2992 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2993 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2994 return NameInfo; 2995 } 2996 2997 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2998 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2999 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3000 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3001 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3002 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3003 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3004 3005 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3006 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3007 3008 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3009 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3010 // was qualified. 3011 3012 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3013 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3014 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3015 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3016 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3017 return NameInfo; 3018 } 3019 3020 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3021 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3022 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3023 if (Ty.isNull()) 3024 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3025 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3026 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3027 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3028 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3029 return NameInfo; 3030 } 3031 3032 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3033 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3034 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3035 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3036 } 3037 3038 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3039 3040 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3041} 3042 3043static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3044 do { 3045 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3046 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3047 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3048 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3049 else 3050 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3051 } while (true); 3052} 3053 3054/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3055/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3056/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3057/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3058/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3059/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3060/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3061static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3062 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3063 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3064 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3065 Params.clear(); 3066 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3067 return false; 3068 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3069 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3070 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3071 3072 // The parameter types are identical 3073 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3074 continue; 3075 3076 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3077 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3078 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3079 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3080 3081 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3082 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3083 Params.push_back(Idx); 3084 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3085 return false; 3086 } 3087 3088 return true; 3089} 3090 3091/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3092/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3093/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3094/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3095/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3096static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3097 DeclarationName Name) { 3098 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3099 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3100 // - types which will become injected class names 3101 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3102 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3103 // few cases here. 3104 3105 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3106 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3107 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3108 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3109 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3110 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3111 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3112 // Grab the type from the parser. 3113 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3114 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3115 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3116 3117 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3118 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3119 // attached already. 3120 if (!TSI) 3121 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3122 3123 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3124 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3125 if (!TSI) return true; 3126 3127 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3128 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3129 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3130 break; 3131 } 3132 3133 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3134 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3135 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3136 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3137 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3138 break; 3139 } 3140 3141 default: 3142 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3143 break; 3144 } 3145 3146 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3147 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3148 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3149 3150 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3151 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3152 // pointer. 3153 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3154 continue; 3155 3156 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3157 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3158 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3159 return true; 3160 } 3161 3162 return false; 3163} 3164 3165Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3166 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3167 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3168 3169 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3170 Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3171 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3172 3173 return Dcl; 3174} 3175 3176/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3177/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3178/// name different from T: 3179/// - every static data member of class T; 3180/// - every member function of class T 3181/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3182/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3183bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3184 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3185 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3186 3187 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3188 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3189 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3190 return true; 3191 } 3192 3193 return false; 3194} 3195 3196Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3197 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3198 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3199 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3200 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3201 3202 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3203 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3204 if (!Name) { 3205 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3206 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3207 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3208 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3209 return 0; 3210 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3211 return 0; 3212 3213 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3214 // we find one that is. 3215 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3216 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3217 S = S->getParent(); 3218 3219 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3220 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3221 D.setInvalidType(); 3222 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3223 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3224 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3225 return 0; 3226 3227 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3228 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3229 if (!DC) { 3230 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3231 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3232 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3233 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3234 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3235 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3236 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3237 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3238 return 0; 3239 } 3240 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3241 3242 if (!IsDependentContext && 3243 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3244 return 0; 3245 3246 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3247 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3248 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3249 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3250 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3251 D.setInvalidType(); 3252 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3253 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3254 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3255 // definition: 3256 // 3257 // class X { 3258 // void X::f(); 3259 // }; 3260 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) { 3261 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3262 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3263 } else { 3264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3265 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3266 3267 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3268 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3269 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3270 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3271 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3272 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3273 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)))) 3274 return 0; 3275 } 3276 3277 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3278 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3279 } 3280 } 3281 3282 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3283 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3284 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3285 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3286 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3287 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3288 D.setInvalidType(); 3289 } 3290 } 3291 3292 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3293 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3294 // Just return early; it's safer. 3295 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3296 return 0; 3297 3298 NamedDecl *New; 3299 3300 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3301 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3302 3303 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3304 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3305 D.setInvalidType(); 3306 3307 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3308 ForRedeclaration); 3309 3310 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3311 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3312 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3313 3314 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3315 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3316 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3317 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3318 /* Do nothing*/; 3319 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3320 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3321 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3322 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3323 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3324 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3325 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3326 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3327 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3328 3329 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3330 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3331 3332 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3333 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3334 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3335 3336 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3337 // out-of-line members. 3338 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3339 3340 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3341 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3342 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3343 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3344 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3345 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3346 // declarations namespace. 3347 // 3348 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3349 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3350 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3351 // 3352 // class X { 3353 // void f(); 3354 // void f(float); 3355 // }; 3356 // 3357 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3358 // 3359 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3360 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3361 // matches. 3362 3363 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3364 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3366 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3367 } else { 3368 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3369 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3370 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3371 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3372 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3373 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3374 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3375 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3376 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3377 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3378 else 3379 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3380 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3381 D.setInvalidType(); 3382 } 3383 3384 // C++11 8.3p1: 3385 // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3386 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3387 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc = 3388 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context); 3389 assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty " 3390 "NestedNameSpecifierLoc"); 3391 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3392 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3393 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3394 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3395 Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3396 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3397 } 3398 } 3399 3400 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3401 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3402 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3403 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3404 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3405 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3406 3407 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3408 Previous.clear(); 3409 } 3410 3411 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3412 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3413 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3414 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3415 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3416 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3417 Previous.clear(); 3418 3419 bool AddToScope = true; 3420 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3421 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3422 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3423 return 0; 3424 } 3425 3426 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3427 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3428 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3429 move(TemplateParamLists), 3430 AddToScope); 3431 } else { 3432 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3433 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3434 } 3435 3436 if (New == 0) 3437 return 0; 3438 3439 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3440 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3441 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3442 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3443 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3444 3445 return New; 3446} 3447 3448/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3449/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3450/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3451static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3452 ASTContext &Context, 3453 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3454 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3455 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3456 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3457 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3458 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3459 SizeIsNegative = false; 3460 Oversized = 0; 3461 3462 if (T->isDependentType()) 3463 return QualType(); 3464 3465 QualifierCollector Qs; 3466 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3467 3468 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3469 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3470 QualType FixedType = 3471 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3472 Oversized); 3473 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3474 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3475 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3476 } 3477 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3478 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3479 QualType FixedType = 3480 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3481 Oversized); 3482 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3483 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3484 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3485 } 3486 3487 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3488 if (!VLATy) 3489 return QualType(); 3490 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3491 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3492 return QualType(); 3493 3494 llvm::APSInt Res; 3495 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3496 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3497 return QualType(); 3498 3499 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3500 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3501 SizeIsNegative = true; 3502 return QualType(); 3503 } 3504 3505 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3506 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3507 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3508 Res); 3509 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3510 Oversized = Res; 3511 return QualType(); 3512 } 3513 3514 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3515 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3516} 3517 3518/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3519/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3520void 3521Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3522 const LookupResult &Previous, 3523 Scope *S) { 3524 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3525 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3526 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3527 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3528 3529 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3530 return; 3531 3532 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3533 3534 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3535 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3536 // declaration. 3537 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3538 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3539 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3540 3541 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3542 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3543 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3544 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3545 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3546 3547 } else { 3548 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3549 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3550 S = S->getParent(); 3551 } 3552 3553 if (S) 3554 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3555 } 3556} 3557 3558llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3559Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3560 if (ExternalSource) { 3561 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3562 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3563 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3564 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3565 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3566 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3567 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3568 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3569 } 3570 } 3571 3572 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3573} 3574 3575/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3576/// does not identify a function. 3577void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3578 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3579 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3580 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3581 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3582 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3583 3584 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3585 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3586 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3587 3588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3590 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3591} 3592 3593NamedDecl* 3594Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3595 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3596 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3597 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3598 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3599 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3600 D.setInvalidType(); 3601 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3602 DC = CurContext; 3603 Previous.clear(); 3604 } 3605 3606 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3607 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3608 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3609 } 3610 3611 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3612 3613 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3614 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3615 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3616 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3617 << 1; 3618 3619 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3620 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3621 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3622 return 0; 3623 } 3624 3625 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3626 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3627 3628 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3629 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3630 3631 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3632 3633 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3634 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3635 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3636 return ND; 3637} 3638 3639void 3640Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3641 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3642 // then it shall have block scope. 3643 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3644 // that redeclarations will match. 3645 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3646 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3647 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3648 3649 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3650 bool SizeIsNegative; 3651 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3652 QualType FixedTy = 3653 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3654 Oversized); 3655 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3656 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3657 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3658 } else { 3659 if (SizeIsNegative) 3660 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3661 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3662 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3663 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3664 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3665 << Oversized.toString(10); 3666 else 3667 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3668 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3669 } 3670 } 3671 } 3672} 3673 3674 3675/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3676/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3677/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3678NamedDecl* 3679Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3680 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3681 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3682 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3683 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3684 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3685 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3686 Redeclaration = true; 3687 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3688 } 3689 3690 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3691 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3692 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3693 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3694 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3695 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3696 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3697 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3698 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3699 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3700 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3701 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3702 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3703 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3704 } 3705 3706 return NewTD; 3707} 3708 3709/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3710/// previous declaration. 3711/// 3712/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3713/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3714/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3715/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3716/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3717/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3718/// 3719/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3720/// lookup 3721/// 3722/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3723/// declared. 3724/// 3725/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3726/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3727static bool 3728isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3729 ASTContext &Context) { 3730 if (!PrevDecl) 3731 return false; 3732 3733 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3734 return false; 3735 3736 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3737 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3738 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3739 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3740 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3741 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3742 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3743 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3744 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3745 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3746 return false; 3747 3748 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3749 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3750 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3751 return false; 3752 3753 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3754 // previous declarations. 3755 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3756 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3757 3758 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3759 // isn't the same function. 3760 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3761 return false; 3762 } 3763 3764 return true; 3765} 3766 3767static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3768 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3769 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3770 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3771} 3772 3773bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3774 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3775 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3776 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3777 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3778 unsigned kind = -1U; 3779 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3780 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3781 kind = 0; // __block 3782 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3783 kind = 1; // global 3784 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3785 kind = 3; // ivar 3786 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3787 kind = 2; // field 3788 } 3789 3790 if (kind != -1U) { 3791 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3792 << kind; 3793 } 3794 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3795 // Try to infer lifetime. 3796 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3797 return false; 3798 3799 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3800 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3801 decl->setType(type); 3802 } 3803 3804 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3805 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3806 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3807 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3808 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3809 << var->getType(); 3810 return true; 3811 } 3812 } 3813 3814 return false; 3815} 3816 3817NamedDecl* 3818Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3819 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 3820 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3821 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3822 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3823 3824 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3825 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3826 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3827 3828 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3829 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3830 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3831 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3832 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3833 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3834 // an error here 3835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3836 D.setInvalidType(); 3837 SC = SC_None; 3838 } 3839 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3840 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3841 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3842 3843 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3844 if (!II) { 3845 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3846 << Name; 3847 return 0; 3848 } 3849 3850 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3851 3852 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3853 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3854 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3855 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3856 3857 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3858 // is a GNU extension. 3859 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3860 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3861 else 3862 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3863 D.setInvalidType(); 3864 } 3865 } 3866 3867 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) { 3868 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 3869 // OpenCL __local address space. 3870 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 3871 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 3872 } 3873 3874 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3875 VarDecl *NewVD; 3876 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3877 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3878 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3879 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3880 3881 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3882 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3883 } else { 3884 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3885 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3886 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3887 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3888 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3889 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3890 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3891 SC = SC_Static; 3892 } 3893 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3894 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3895 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3896 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3897 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3898 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3899 3900 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3901 // the program is ill-formed. 3902 // 3903 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3904 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3905 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3906 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3907 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3908 } 3909 } 3910 3911 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3912 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3913 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3914 bool Invalid = false; 3915 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3916 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3917 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3918 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3919 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3920 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3921 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3922 /*never a friend*/ false, 3923 isExplicitSpecialization, 3924 Invalid)) { 3925 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3926 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3928 << II 3929 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3930 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3931 return 0; 3932 } else { 3933 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3934 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3935 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3936 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3937 << II 3938 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3939 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3940 } 3941 } 3942 3943 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3944 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3945 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3946 3947 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3948 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3949 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3950 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3951 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3952 3953 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3954 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3955 3956 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3957 3958 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3959 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3960 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3961 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3962 } 3963 3964 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3965 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3966 } 3967 3968 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3969 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3970 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3971 3972 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3973 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3974 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3975 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 3976 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3977 else 3978 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3979 } 3980 3981 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 3982 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 3983 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 3984 << 2 3985 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3986 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3987 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 3988 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 3989 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 3990 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3991 else 3992 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 3993 } 3994 3995 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3996 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3997 3998 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3999 // retainable type. 4000 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4001 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4002 4003 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4004 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4005 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4006 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4007 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4008 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4009 switch (SC) { 4010 case SC_None: 4011 case SC_Auto: 4012 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4013 break; 4014 case SC_Register: 4015 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4016 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4017 break; 4018 case SC_Static: 4019 case SC_Extern: 4020 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4021 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4022 break; 4023 } 4024 } 4025 4026 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4027 Context, Label)); 4028 } 4029 4030 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4031 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4032 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4033 4034 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4035 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4036 // declaration has linkage). 4037 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4038 isExplicitSpecialization); 4039 4040 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4041 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4042 } else { 4043 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4044 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4045 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4046 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4047 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4048 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4049 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4050 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4051 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4052 Previous.clear(); 4053 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4054 } 4055 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4056 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4058 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4059 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4060 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4061 } 4062 4063 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4064 4065 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4066 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4067 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4068 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4069 } 4070 4071 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4072 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 4073 // here. 4074 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4075 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4076 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 4077 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 4078 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4079 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4080 } 4081 } 4082 4083 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4084 // such variables. 4085 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4086 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4087 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4088 4089 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4090 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4091 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4092 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4093 4094 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4095 4096 return NewVD; 4097} 4098 4099/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4100/// -Wshadow. 4101/// 4102/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4103/// scope. 4104/// 4105/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4106/// \param R the lookup of the name 4107/// 4108void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4109 // Return if warning is ignored. 4110 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4111 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4112 return; 4113 4114 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4115 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4116 return; 4117 4118 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4119 4120 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4121 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4122 return; 4123 4124 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4125 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4126 return; 4127 4128 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4129 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4130 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4131 if (MD->isStatic()) 4132 return; 4133 4134 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4135 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4136 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4137 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4138 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4139 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4140 I != E; ++I) 4141 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4142 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4143 break; 4144 } 4145 } 4146 4147 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4148 4149 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4150 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4151 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4152 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4153 return; 4154 4155 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4156 // static data members from base classes? 4157 4158 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4159 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4160 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4161 } 4162 4163 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4164 unsigned Kind; 4165 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4166 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4167 Kind = 3; // field 4168 else 4169 Kind = 2; // static data member 4170 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4171 Kind = 1; // global 4172 else 4173 Kind = 0; // local 4174 4175 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4176 4177 // Emit warning and note. 4178 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4179 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4180} 4181 4182/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4183void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4184 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4185 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4186 return; 4187 4188 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4189 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4190 LookupName(R, S); 4191 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4192} 4193 4194/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4195/// declaration. 4196/// 4197/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4198/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4199/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4200/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4201/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4202/// 4203/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4204/// 4205/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4206bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4207 LookupResult &Previous) { 4208 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4209 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4210 return false; 4211 4212 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4213 4214 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4215 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4216 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4217 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4218 NewVD->setType(T); 4219 } 4220 4221 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4222 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4223 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4224 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4225 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4226 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4227 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4228 return false; 4229 } 4230 4231 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4232 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4233 if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4234 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4235 else 4236 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4237 } 4238 4239 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4240 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4241 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4242 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4243 4244 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4245 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4246 bool SizeIsNegative; 4247 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4248 QualType FixedTy = 4249 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4250 Oversized); 4251 4252 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4253 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4254 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4255 // int a[10][n]; 4256 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4257 4258 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4259 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4260 << SizeRange; 4261 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4262 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4263 << SizeRange; 4264 else 4265 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4266 << SizeRange; 4267 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4268 return false; 4269 } 4270 4271 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4272 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4273 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4274 else 4275 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4276 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4277 return false; 4278 } 4279 4280 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4281 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4282 } 4283 4284 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4285 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4286 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4287 // declaration with the same name. 4288 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4289 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4290 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4291 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4292 } 4293 4294 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4295 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4296 << T; 4297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4298 return false; 4299 } 4300 4301 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4303 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4304 return false; 4305 } 4306 4307 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4308 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4309 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4310 return false; 4311 } 4312 4313 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4314 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4315 QualType Pointee; 4316 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4317 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4318 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4319 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4320 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4321 PtrOrRef = 1; 4322 } 4323 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4324 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4325 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4326 << PtrOrRef; 4327 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4328 return false; 4329 } 4330 4331 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4332 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4333 return true; 4334 } 4335 return false; 4336} 4337 4338/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4339struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4340 Sema *S; 4341 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4342}; 4343 4344/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4345/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4346/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4347static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4348 CXXBasePath &Path, 4349 void *UserData) { 4350 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4351 4352 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4353 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4354 4355 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4356 4357 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4358 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4359 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4360 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4361 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4362 4363 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4364 } 4365 4366 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4367 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4368 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4369 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4370 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4371 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4372 return true; 4373 } 4374 } 4375 4376 return false; 4377} 4378 4379/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4380/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4381bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4382 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4383 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4384 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4385 Data.Method = MD; 4386 Data.S = this; 4387 bool AddedAny = false; 4388 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4389 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4390 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4391 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4392 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4393 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4394 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4395 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4396 AddedAny = true; 4397 } 4398 } 4399 } 4400 } 4401 4402 return AddedAny; 4403} 4404 4405namespace { 4406 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4407 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4408 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4409 Scope *S; 4410 Declarator &D; 4411 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4412 bool AddToScope; 4413 }; 4414} 4415 4416/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4417/// 4418/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4419/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4420/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4421/// the same name. 4422/// 4423/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4424/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4425static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4426 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4427 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4428 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4429 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4430 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4431 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4432 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4433 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4434 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4435 TypoCorrection Correction; 4436 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4437 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4438 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4439 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4440 4441 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4442 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4443 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4444 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4445 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4446 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4447 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4448 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4449 if (FD && 4450 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4451 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4452 // involve a parameter 4453 unsigned ParamNum = 4454 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4455 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4456 } 4457 } 4458 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4459 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4460 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, NewDC)) && 4461 Correction.getCorrection() != Name) { 4462 // Trap errors. 4463 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4464 4465 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4466 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4467 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4468 Previous.clear(); 4469 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4470 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4471 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4472 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4473 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4474 if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, 4475 MismatchedParams)) { 4476 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4477 } 4478 } 4479 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4480 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4481 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4482 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4483 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4484 NewFD->getDeclContext(), 4485 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 4486 Previous, 4487 ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4488 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4489 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4490 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4491 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4492 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4493 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4494 Previous.clear(); 4495 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4496 Result = NULL; 4497 } else { 4498 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4499 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4500 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4501 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4502 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4503 } 4504 } 4505 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4506 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4507 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4508 } else { 4509 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4510 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4511 } 4512 } 4513 4514 if (Correction) 4515 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4516 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()) 4517 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4518 NewFD->getLocation(), 4519 Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions())); 4520 else 4521 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4522 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4523 4524 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4525 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4526 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4527 4528 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4529 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4530 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4531 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4532 bool FDisConst = false; 4533 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4534 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4535 4536 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4537 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4538 SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4539 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4540 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4541 } else if (Correction) { 4542 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4543 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()); 4544 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4545 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4546 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4547 } else 4548 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4549 } 4550 return Result; 4551} 4552 4553static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4554 Declarator &D) { 4555 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4556 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4557 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4558 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4559 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4560 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4561 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4562 D.setInvalidType(); 4563 break; 4564 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4565 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4566 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4567 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4568 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4569 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4570 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4571 // other than extern 4572 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4573 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4574 diag::err_static_block_func); 4575 break; 4576 } else 4577 return SC_Static; 4578 } 4579 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4580 } 4581 4582 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4583 return SC_None; 4584} 4585 4586static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4587 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4589 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4590 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4591 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4592 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4593 4594 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4595 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4596 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4597 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4598 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4599 4600 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4601 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4602 // prototype. This true when: 4603 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4604 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4605 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4606 bool HasPrototype = 4607 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4608 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4609 4610 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4611 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4612 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4613 HasPrototype); 4614 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4615 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4616 4617 // Set the lexical context. 4618 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4619 4620 return NewFD; 4621 } 4622 4623 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4624 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4625 4626 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4627 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4628 // the class has been completely parsed. 4629 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4630 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4631 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4632 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4633 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4634 D.setInvalidType(); 4635 4636 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4637 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4638 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4639 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4640 4641 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4642 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4643 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4644 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4645 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4646 isConstexpr); 4647 4648 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4649 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4650 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4651 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4652 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4653 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4654 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4655 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4656 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4657 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4658 4659 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4660 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4661 // it yet. 4662 if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4663 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4664 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4665 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4666 } 4667 4668 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4669 return NewDD; 4670 4671 } else { 4672 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4673 D.setInvalidType(); 4674 4675 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4676 // code path. 4677 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4678 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4679 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4680 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4681 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4682 } 4683 4684 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4685 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4686 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4687 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4688 return 0; 4689 } 4690 4691 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4692 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4693 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4694 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4695 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4696 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4697 4698 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4699 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4700 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4701 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4702 // constructor if it has no return type). 4703 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4704 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4705 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4706 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4707 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4708 return 0; 4709 } 4710 4711 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4712 4713 // [class.free]p1: 4714 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4715 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4716 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4717 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4718 isStatic = true; 4719 4720 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4721 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4722 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4723 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4724 isStatic = true; 4725 4726 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4727 4728 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4729 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4730 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4731 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4732 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4733 4734 } else { 4735 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4736 // prototype. This true when: 4737 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4738 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4739 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4740 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4741 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4742 } 4743} 4744 4745NamedDecl* 4746Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4747 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4748 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4749 bool &AddToScope) { 4750 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4751 4752 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4753 4754 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4755 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4756 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4757 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 4758 4759 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4760 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4761 4762 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4763 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4765 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4766 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4767 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4768 4769 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4771 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4772 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4773 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4774 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4775 } 4776 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4777 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4778 } 4779 4780 bool isFriend = false; 4781 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4782 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4783 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4784 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4785 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4786 4787 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 4788 isVirtualOkay); 4789 if (!NewFD) return 0; 4790 4791 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 4792 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4793 4794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4795 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4796 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4797 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4798 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4799 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4800 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 4801 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4802 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4803 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4804 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4805 } 4806 4807 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4808 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4809 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4810 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4812 4813 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4814 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4815 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4816 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4817 4818 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4819 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4820 bool Invalid = false; 4821 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4822 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4823 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4824 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4825 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4826 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4827 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4828 isFriend, 4829 isExplicitSpecialization, 4830 Invalid)) { 4831 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4832 // This is a function template 4833 4834 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4835 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4836 return 0; 4837 4838 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4839 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4840 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4841 return 0; 4842 } 4843 4844 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 4845 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 4846 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 4847 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 4848 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4849 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 4850 Invalid = true; 4851 } 4852 4853 4854 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4855 NewFD->getLocation(), 4856 Name, TemplateParams, 4857 NewFD); 4858 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4859 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4860 4861 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4862 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4863 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4864 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4865 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4866 } 4867 } else { 4868 // This is a function template specialization. 4869 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4870 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4871 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4872 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4873 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4874 4875 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4876 if (isFriend) { 4877 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4878 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4879 4880 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4881 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4882 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4883 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4884 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4885 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4886 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4887 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4888 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4889 } 4890 4891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4892 << Name << RemoveRange 4893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4894 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4895 } 4896 } 4897 } 4898 else { 4899 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4900 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4901 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4902 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4903 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4904 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4905 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4906 } 4907 4908 if (Invalid) { 4909 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4910 if (FunctionTemplate) 4911 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4912 } 4913 4914 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 4915 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 4916 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 4917 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 4918 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4919 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 4920 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 4921 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4922 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4923 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 4924 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 4925 !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType && 4926 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4927 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) 4928 << SourceRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 4929 } 4930 } 4931 4932 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4933 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4934 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4935 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4936 // 4937 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4938 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4939 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4940 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4941 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4942 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4943 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4944 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4945 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4946 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4947 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4948 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4949 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4950 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4951 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4952 } else { 4953 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4954 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4955 } 4956 } 4957 4958 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4959 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 4960 // declaration. 4961 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4962 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4963 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4965 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4966 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4967 } 4968 } 4969 4970 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4971 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4972 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 4973 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 4974 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4975 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4976 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4977 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4978 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4979 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4980 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4981 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4982 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4983 // or conversion function. 4984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4985 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 if (isConstexpr) { 4991 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 4992 // are implicitly inline. 4993 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4994 4995 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 4996 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 4997 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 4998 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 4999 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5000 } 5001 5002 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5003 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5004 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5005 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5006 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5007 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5008 << 0 5009 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5010 } else { 5011 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5012 if (FunctionTemplate) 5013 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5014 } 5015 } 5016 5017 if (isFriend) { 5018 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5019 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5020 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5021 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5022 } 5023 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5024 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5025 } 5026 5027 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5028 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5029 case FDK_Declaration: 5030 case FDK_Definition: 5031 break; 5032 5033 case FDK_Defaulted: 5034 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5035 break; 5036 5037 case FDK_Deleted: 5038 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5039 break; 5040 } 5041 5042 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5043 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5044 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5045 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5046 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5047 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5048 } 5049 5050 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5051 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5052 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5053 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5054 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5055 // the class. 5056 5057 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5058 // member function definition. 5059 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5060 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5062 } 5063 } 5064 5065 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5066 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5067 isExplicitSpecialization || 5068 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5069 5070 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5071 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5072 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5073 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5074 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5075 SE->getString())); 5076 } 5077 5078 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5079 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5080 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5081 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5082 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5083 5084 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5085 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5086 // single void argument. 5087 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5088 // already checks for that case. 5089 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5090 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5091 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5092 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5093 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5094 5095 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5096 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5097 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5098 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5099 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5100 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5101 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5102 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5103 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5104 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5105 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5106 << IsTypeAlias; 5107 } 5108 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5110 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5111 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5112 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5113 Params.push_back(Param); 5114 5115 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5116 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5117 } 5118 } 5119 5120 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5121 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5122 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5123 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5124 // 5125 // @code 5126 // typedef void fn(int); 5127 // fn f; 5128 // @endcode 5129 5130 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5131 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5132 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5133 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5134 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5135 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5136 Params.push_back(Param); 5137 } 5138 } else { 5139 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5140 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5141 } 5142 5143 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5144 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5145 5146 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5147 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5148 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5149 5150 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5151 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5152 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5153 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5154 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5155 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5156 // because all functions have linkage. 5157 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5158 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5159 } else { 5160 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5161 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5162 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5163 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5164 } 5165 } 5166 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5167 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5168 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5169 } else { 5170 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5171 // argument list into our AST format. 5172 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5173 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5174 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5175 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5176 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5177 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5178 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5179 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5180 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5181 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5182 TemplateArgs); 5183 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5184 5185 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5186 5187 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5188 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5189 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5190 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5191 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5192 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5193 5194 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5195 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5196 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5197 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5198 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5199 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5200 // too few of them). 5201 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5202 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5203 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5204 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5205 "template<> "); 5206 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5207 } else { 5208 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5209 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5210 } 5211 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5212 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5213 // wrote something like: 5214 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5215 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5216 // friend void foo<>(int); 5217 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5218 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5219 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5220 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5221 } 5222 5223 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5224 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5225 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5226 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5227 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5228 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5229 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5230 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5231 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5232 InstantiationDependent))) { 5233 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5234 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5235 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5236 Previous)) 5237 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5238 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5239 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5240 && !isFriend) { 5241 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5242 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ? 5243 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5244 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5245 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5246 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5247 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5248 Previous)) 5249 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5250 5251 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5252 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5253 // specialization (14.7.3) 5254 if (SC != SC_None) { 5255 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5256 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5257 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5258 << SC 5259 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5260 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5261 5262 else 5263 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5264 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5265 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5266 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5267 } 5268 5269 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5270 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5271 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5272 } 5273 5274 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5275 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5276 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5277 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5278 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5279 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5280 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5281 } else { 5282 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5283 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5284 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5285 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5290 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5291 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5292 5293 if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5294 !CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(NewFD, CCK_Declaration)) 5295 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5296 5297 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5298 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5299 : NewFD); 5300 5301 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5302 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5303 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5304 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 5305 5306 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5307 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5308 5309 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5310 } 5311 5312 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5313 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5314 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5315 5316 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5317 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5318 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5319 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5320 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5321 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5322 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5323 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5324 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5325 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5326 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5327 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5328 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5329 DC->isDependentContext()) 5330 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5331 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5332 } 5333 5334 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5335 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5336 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5337 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5338 AddToScope }; 5339 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5340 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5341 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5342 5343 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5344 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5345 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5346 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5347 5348 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5349 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5350 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5351 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5352 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5353 // can actually do this check immediately. 5354 if (isFriend && 5355 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5356 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5357 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5358 // ignore these 5359 } else { 5360 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5361 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5362 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5363 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5364 // 5365 // class X { 5366 // void f() const; 5367 // }; 5368 // 5369 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5370 // 5371 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5372 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5373 // whether the parameter types are references). 5374 5375 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5376 NewFD, 5377 ExtraArgs)) { 5378 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5379 return Result; 5380 } 5381 } 5382 5383 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5384 // to something. 5385 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5386 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5387 NewFD, 5388 ExtraArgs)) { 5389 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5390 return Result; 5391 } 5392 } 5393 5394 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5395 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5396 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5397 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5398 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5399 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5400 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5401 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5402 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5403 // generate them. 5404 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5405 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 5410 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5411 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5412 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5413 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5414 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5415 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5416 5417 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5418 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5419 if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5420 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5421 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5422 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5423 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5424 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5425 } 5426 } 5427 5428 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5429 5430 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5431 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5432 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5433 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5434 << NewFD; 5435 5436 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5437 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5438 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5439 EPI.Variadic = true; 5440 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5441 5442 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5443 NewFD->setType(R); 5444 } 5445 5446 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5447 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5448 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5449 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5450 5451 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5452 // marking the function. 5453 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5454 5455 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5456 // map of such names. 5457 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5458 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5459 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5460 5461 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5462 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5463 5464 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5465 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5466 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5467 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5468 return FunctionTemplate; 5469 } 5470 } 5471 5472 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5473 5474 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5475 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5476 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5477 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5478 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5479 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5480 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5481 5482 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5483 } 5484 } 5485 5486 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5487 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5488 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5489 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5490 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5491 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5492 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5493 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5494 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5495 AddToScope = false; 5496 } 5497 5498 return NewFD; 5499} 5500 5501/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5502/// 5503/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5504/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5505/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5506/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5507/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5508/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5509/// via InstantiateDecl). 5510/// 5511/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5512/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5513/// 5514/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5515/// 5516/// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5517bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5518 LookupResult &Previous, 5519 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5520 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5521 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5522 5523 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5524 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5525 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5526 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5527 // declaration with the same name. 5528 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5529 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5530 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5531 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5532 } 5533 5534 bool Redeclaration = false; 5535 5536 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5537 // the same name, if appropriate. 5538 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5539 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5540 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5541 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5542 // function to the scope. 5543 5544 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5545 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5546 Redeclaration = true; 5547 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5548 } else { 5549 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5550 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5551 case Ovl_Match: 5552 Redeclaration = true; 5553 break; 5554 5555 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5556 Redeclaration = true; 5557 break; 5558 5559 case Ovl_Overload: 5560 Redeclaration = false; 5561 break; 5562 } 5563 5564 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5565 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5566 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5567 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5568 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5569 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5570 if (Redeclaration) 5571 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5572 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5573 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5574 if (OverloadedDecl) 5575 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5576 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5577 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5578 Context)); 5579 } 5580 } 5581 5582 if (Redeclaration) { 5583 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5584 // merged. 5585 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 5586 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5587 return Redeclaration; 5588 } 5589 5590 Previous.clear(); 5591 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5592 5593 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5594 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5595 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5596 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5597 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5598 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5599 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5600 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5601 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5602 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5603 } 5604 5605 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5606 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5607 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5608 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5609 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5610 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5611 } 5612 5613 } else { 5614 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5615 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5616 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5617 } 5618 } 5619 } 5620 5621 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5622 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5623 // C++-specific checks. 5624 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5625 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5626 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5627 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5628 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5629 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5630 5631 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5632 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5633 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5634 DeclarationName Name 5635 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5636 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5637 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5638 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5639 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 return Redeclaration; 5641 } 5642 } 5643 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5644 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5645 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5646 } 5647 5648 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5649 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5650 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5651 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5652 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5653 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5654 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5655 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5656 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5657 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5658 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5659 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5660 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5661 ++Overridden) { 5662 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5663 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5664 } 5665 } 5666 } 5667 } 5668 } 5669 5670 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5671 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5672 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5673 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5674 return Redeclaration; 5675 } 5676 5677 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5678 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5679 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5680 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5681 return Redeclaration; 5682 } 5683 5684 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5685 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5686 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5687 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5688 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5689 5690 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5691 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5692 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5693 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5694 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5695 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5696 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5697 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5698 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5699 } 5700 } 5701 } 5702 return Redeclaration; 5703} 5704 5705void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5706 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5707 // or static is ill-formed. 5708 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5709 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5710 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5711 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5712 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5713 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5714 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5715 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5716 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5717 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5718 5719 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5720 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5721 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5722 5723 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5724 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5725 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5726 } 5727 5728 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5729 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5730 5731 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5732 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5733 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5734 5735 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5736 5737 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5738 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5739 // getting shifty. 5740 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5741 HasExtraParameters = false; 5742 5743 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5744 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5745 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5746 nparams = 3; 5747 } 5748 5749 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5750 // if we had some location information about types. 5751 5752 QualType CharPP = 5753 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5754 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5755 5756 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5757 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5758 5759 bool mismatch = true; 5760 5761 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5762 mismatch = false; 5763 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5764 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5765 // char const ** 5766 // char const * const * 5767 // char * const * 5768 5769 QualifierCollector qs; 5770 const PointerType* PT; 5771 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5772 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5773 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5774 qs.removeConst(); 5775 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5776 } 5777 } 5778 5779 if (mismatch) { 5780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5781 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5782 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5783 } 5784 } 5785 5786 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5787 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5788 } 5789 5790 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5791 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5792 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5793 } 5794} 5795 5796bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5797 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5798 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5799 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5800 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5801 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5802 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5803 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5804 // rules there don't matter.) 5805 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5806 return false; 5807 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5808 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5809 return true; 5810} 5811 5812namespace { 5813 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5814 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5815 class SelfReferenceChecker 5816 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5817 Sema &S; 5818 Decl *OrigDecl; 5819 bool isRecordType; 5820 bool isPODType; 5821 5822 public: 5823 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5824 5825 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5826 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5827 isPODType = false; 5828 isRecordType = false; 5829 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5830 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5831 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5832 } 5833 } 5834 5835 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5836 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5837 if (isRecordType) { 5838 Expr *expr = E; 5839 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5840 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5841 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5842 expr = ME->getBase(); 5843 } 5844 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5845 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5846 return; 5847 } 5848 } 5849 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5850 } 5851 5852 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5853 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5854 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5855 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5856 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5857 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5858 return; 5859 } 5860 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5861 } 5862 5863 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5864 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5865 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5866 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5867 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5868 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5869 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5870 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5871 return; 5872 } 5873 } 5874 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5875 } 5876 5877 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5878 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5879 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5880 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5881 } 5882 5883 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5884 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5885 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5886 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5887 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5888 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5889 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5890 << Result.getLookupName() 5891 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5892 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5893 } 5894 }; 5895} 5896 5897/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5898void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5899 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5900} 5901 5902/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5903/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5904/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5905void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5906 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5907 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5908 // the initializer. 5909 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5910 return; 5911 5912 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5913 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5914 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5915 // by a dataflow analysis. 5916 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5917 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5918 } 5919 else { 5920 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5921 } 5922 5923 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5924 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5925 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5926 // Thus this grotesque test. 5927 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5928 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5929 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5930 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5931 else { 5932 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5933 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5934 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5935 } 5936 return; 5937 } 5938 5939 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5940 if (!VDecl) { 5941 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5942 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5943 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5944 return; 5945 } 5946 5947 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5948 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5949 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5950 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5951 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5952 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5953 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5954 if (!DeducedType) { 5955 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5956 return; 5957 } 5958 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5959 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5960 5961 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5962 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5963 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5964 5965 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5966 // the previously declared type. 5967 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5968 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5969 } 5970 5971 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 5972 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 5973 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5974 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5975 return; 5976 } 5977 5978 5979 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5980 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5981 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5982 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5983 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5984 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5985 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5986 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5987 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5988 return; 5989 } 5990 5991 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5992 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5993 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5994 AbstractVariableType)) 5995 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5996 5997 const VarDecl *Def; 5998 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5999 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6000 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6001 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6002 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6003 return; 6004 } 6005 6006 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6007 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6008 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6009 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6010 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6011 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6012 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6013 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6014 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6015 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6016 // 6017 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6018 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6019 // declaration with an initializer. 6020 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6021 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6022 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6023 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6024 return; 6025 } 6026 6027 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6028 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6029 6030 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6031 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6032 return; 6033 } 6034 } 6035 6036 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6037 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6038 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6039 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6040 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6041 return; 6042 } 6043 6044 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6045 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6046 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6047 6048 // Perform the initialization. 6049 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6050 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6051 InitializationKind Kind 6052 = DirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6053 Init->getLocStart(), 6054 Init->getLocEnd()) 6055 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6056 Init->getLocStart()); 6057 6058 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 6059 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6060 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 6061 &DclT); 6062 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6063 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6064 return; 6065 } 6066 6067 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6068 } 6069 6070 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6071 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6072 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6073 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6074 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 6075 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6076 Init->setType(DclT.getNonReferenceType()); 6077 } 6078 6079 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6080 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6081 6082 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6083 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6084 6085 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6086 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6087 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6088 6089 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6090 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6091 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6092 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6093 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6094 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6095 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6096 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6097 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6098 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6099 // 6100 // struct S { 6101 // static const int value = 17; 6102 // }; 6103 6104 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6105 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6106 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6107 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6108 // 6109 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6110 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6111 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6112 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6113 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6114 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6115 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6116 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6117 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6118 6119 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6120 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6121 6122 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6123 // type. We separately check that the initializer is a constant expression, 6124 // which implicitly requires the member to be of literal type. 6125 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6126 6127 // Require constness. 6128 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6129 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6130 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6131 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6132 6133 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6134 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6135 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6136 SourceLocation Loc; 6137 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6138 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6139 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6140 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6141 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6142 ; // Nothing to check. 6143 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6144 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6145 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6146 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6147 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6148 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6149 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6150 } else { 6151 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6152 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6153 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6154 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6155 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6156 } 6157 6158 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6159 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6160 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6161 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6162 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) 6163 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6164 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6165 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6166 6167 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6168 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6169 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6170 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6171 } 6172 6173 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6174 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6175 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6176 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6177 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6178 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6179 6180 } else { 6181 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6182 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6183 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6184 } 6185 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6186 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6187 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 6188 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6189 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6190 6191 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6192 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6193 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6194 } 6195 6196 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6197} 6198 6199/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6200/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6201/// of sanity. 6202void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6203 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6204 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6205 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6206 6207 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6208 if (!VD) return; 6209 6210 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6211 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6212 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6213 return; 6214 } 6215 6216 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6217 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6218 6219 // Require a complete type. 6220 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6221 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6222 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6223 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6224 return; 6225 } 6226 6227 // Require an abstract type. 6228 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6229 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6230 AbstractVariableType)) { 6231 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6232 return; 6233 } 6234 6235 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6236 // though. 6237} 6238 6239void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6240 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6241 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6242 if (RealDecl == 0) 6243 return; 6244 6245 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6246 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6247 6248 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6249 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6250 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6251 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6252 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6253 return; 6254 } 6255 6256 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6257 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6258 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6259 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6260 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6261 // member. 6262 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6263 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6264 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6265 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6266 << Var->getDeclName(); 6267 else 6268 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6269 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6270 return; 6271 } 6272 6273 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6274 case VarDecl::Definition: 6275 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6276 break; 6277 6278 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6279 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6280 // a declaration. 6281 // 6282 // Fall through 6283 6284 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6285 // It's only a declaration. 6286 6287 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6288 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6289 // object shall be complete. 6290 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6291 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6292 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6293 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6294 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6295 6296 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6297 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6298 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6299 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6300 AbstractVariableType)) 6301 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6302 return; 6303 6304 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6305 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6306 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6307 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6308 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6309 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6310 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6311 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6312 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6313 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6314 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6315 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6316 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6317 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6318 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6319 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6320 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6321 // NOTE: code such as the following 6322 // static struct s; 6323 // struct s { int a; }; 6324 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6325 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6326 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6327 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 6328 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6329 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6330 } 6331 } 6332 6333 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6334 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6335 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6336 return; 6337 } 6338 6339 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6340 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6341 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6342 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6343 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6344 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6345 return; 6346 } 6347 6348 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6349 // definitions with reference type. 6350 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6351 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6352 << Var->getDeclName() 6353 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6354 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6355 return; 6356 } 6357 6358 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6359 // variable with dependent type. 6360 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6361 return; 6362 6363 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6364 return; 6365 6366 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6367 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6368 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6369 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6370 return; 6371 } 6372 6373 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6374 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6375 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6376 AbstractVariableType)) { 6377 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6378 return; 6379 } 6380 6381 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6382 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6383 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6384 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6385 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6386 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6387 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6388 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6389 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6390 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6391 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6392 if (const RecordType *Record 6393 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6394 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6395 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6396 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6397 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6398 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6399 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6400 } 6401 } 6402 6403 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6404 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6405 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6406 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6407 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6408 // type shall have a user-declared default 6409 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6410 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6411 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6412 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6413 // program is ill-formed. 6414 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6415 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6416 // default-initialized; [...]. 6417 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6418 InitializationKind Kind 6419 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6420 6421 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6422 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6423 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6424 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6425 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6426 else if (Init.get()) 6427 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6428 6429 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6430 } 6431} 6432 6433void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6434 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6435 if (!VD) { 6436 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6437 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6438 return; 6439 } 6440 6441 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6442 6443 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6444 int Error = -1; 6445 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6446 case SC_None: 6447 break; 6448 case SC_Extern: 6449 Error = 0; 6450 break; 6451 case SC_Static: 6452 Error = 1; 6453 break; 6454 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6455 Error = 2; 6456 break; 6457 case SC_Auto: 6458 Error = 3; 6459 break; 6460 case SC_Register: 6461 Error = 4; 6462 break; 6463 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6464 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6465 } 6466 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6467 Error = 5; 6468 if (Error != -1) { 6469 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6470 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6471 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6472 } 6473} 6474 6475void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6476 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6477 6478 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6479 // local retaining variable. 6480 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6481 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6482 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6483 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6484 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6485 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6486 break; 6487 6488 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6489 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6490 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6491 break; 6492 } 6493 } 6494 6495 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6496 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6497 6498 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6499 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6500 6501 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6502 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6503 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6504 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6505 6506 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6507 // constructing this copy. 6508 QualType type = var->getType(); 6509 6510 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6511 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6512 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6513 ExprResult result = 6514 PerformCopyInitialization( 6515 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6516 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6517 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6518 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6519 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6520 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6521 } 6522 } 6523 } 6524 6525 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6526 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6527 6528 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6529 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6530 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6531 var->getLocation()) 6532 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6533 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6534 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6535 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6536 6537 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6538 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6539 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6540 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6541 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6542 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 6543 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 6544 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 6545 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 6546 Notes.clear(); 6547 } 6548 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 6549 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 6550 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 6551 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 6552 } 6553 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) { 6554 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 6555 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 6556 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 6557 var->checkInitIsICE(); 6558 } 6559 } 6560 6561 // Require the destructor. 6562 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6563 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6564} 6565 6566/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6567/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6568void 6569Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6570 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6571 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6572} 6573 6574Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6575Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6576 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6577 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6578 6579 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6580 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6581 6582 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6583 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6584 Decls.push_back(D); 6585 6586 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6587 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6588} 6589 6590/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6591/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6592Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6593Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6594 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6595 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6596 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6597 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6598 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6599 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6600 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6601 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6602 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6603 QualType Deduced; 6604 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6605 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6606 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6607 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6608 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6609 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6610 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6611 break; 6612 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6613 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6614 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6615 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6616 Deduced = U; 6617 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6618 DeducedDecl = D; 6619 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6620 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6621 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6622 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6623 << U << D->getDeclName() 6624 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6625 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6626 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6627 break; 6628 } 6629 } 6630 } 6631 } 6632 } 6633 6634 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6635} 6636 6637 6638/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6639/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6640Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6641 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6642 6643 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6644 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 6645 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6646 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6647 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6648 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6649 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6650 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6651 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 6652 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 6653 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 6654 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6655 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6656 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6657 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6658 } 6659 6660 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6661 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6662 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6663 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6664 << 0; 6665 6666 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6667 6668 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6669 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6670 6671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6672 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6673 // parameter. 6674 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6675 6676 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6677 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6678 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6679 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6680 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6681 } 6682 } 6683 6684 // Ensure we have a valid name 6685 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6686 if (D.hasName()) { 6687 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6688 if (!II) { 6689 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6690 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6691 D.setInvalidType(true); 6692 } 6693 } 6694 6695 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6696 if (II) { 6697 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6698 ForRedeclaration); 6699 LookupName(R, S); 6700 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6701 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6702 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6703 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6704 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6705 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6706 PrevDecl = 0; 6707 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6708 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6709 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6710 6711 // Recover by removing the name 6712 II = 0; 6713 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6714 D.setInvalidType(true); 6715 } 6716 } 6717 } 6718 6719 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6720 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6721 // looking like class members in C++. 6722 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6723 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6724 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6725 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6726 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6727 6728 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6729 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6730 6731 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6732 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6733 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6734 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6735 6736 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6737 S->AddDecl(New); 6738 if (II) 6739 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6740 6741 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6742 6743 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 6744 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6745 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 6746 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6748 6749 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6750 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6751 } 6752 return New; 6753} 6754 6755/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6756/// typedef. 6757ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6758 SourceLocation Loc, 6759 QualType T) { 6760 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6761 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6762 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6763 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6764 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6765 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6766 Param->setImplicit(); 6767 return Param; 6768} 6769 6770void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6771 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6772 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6773 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6774 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6775 return; 6776 6777 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6778 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6779 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6780 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6781 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6782 } 6783 } 6784} 6785 6786void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6787 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6788 QualType ReturnTy, 6789 NamedDecl *D) { 6790 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6791 return; 6792 6793 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6794 // threshold. 6795 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6796 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6797 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6798 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6799 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6800 } 6801 6802 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6803 // threshold. 6804 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6805 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6806 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6807 continue; 6808 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6809 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6810 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6811 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6812 } 6813} 6814 6815ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6816 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6817 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6818 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6819 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6820 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6821 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6822 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6823 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6824 6825 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6826 6827 // Special cases for arrays: 6828 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6829 // - otherwise, it's an error 6830 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6831 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6832 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 6833 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 6834 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 6835 } 6836 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6837 } else { 6838 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6839 } 6840 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6841 } 6842 6843 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6844 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6845 TSInfo, 6846 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6847 0); 6848 6849 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6850 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6851 // the class has been completely parsed. 6852 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6853 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6854 AbstractParamType)) 6855 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6856 6857 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6858 // passed by reference. 6859 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6860 Diag(NameLoc, 6861 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 6862 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 6863 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6864 New->setType(T); 6865 } 6866 6867 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6868 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6869 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6870 // an address space. 6871 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6872 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6873 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6874 } 6875 6876 return New; 6877} 6878 6879void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6880 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6881 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6882 6883 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6884 // for a K&R function. 6885 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6886 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6887 --i; 6888 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6889 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6890 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6891 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6892 << ";\n"; 6893 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6894 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6895 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6896 6897 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6898 // type. 6899 AttributeFactory attrs; 6900 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6901 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6902 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6903 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6904 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6905 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6906 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6907 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6908 } 6909 } 6910 } 6911} 6912 6913Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6914 Declarator &D) { 6915 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6916 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6917 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6918 6919 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 6920 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6921 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 6922 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6923} 6924 6925static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6926 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6927 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6928 return false; 6929 6930 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6931 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6932 return false; 6933 6934 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6935 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6936 return false; 6937 6938 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6939 if (FD->isMain()) 6940 return false; 6941 6942 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6943 if (FD->isInlined()) 6944 return false; 6945 6946 // Don't warn about function templates. 6947 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6948 return false; 6949 6950 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6951 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6952 return false; 6953 6954 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6955 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6956 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6957 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6958 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6959 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6960 continue; 6961 6962 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6963 break; 6964 } 6965 6966 return MissingPrototype; 6967} 6968 6969void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6970 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6971 // was an extern inline function. 6972 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6973 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6974 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6975 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6976 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6977 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6978 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6979 else 6980 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6981 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6982 } 6983} 6984 6985Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6986 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6987 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6988 6989 if (!D) 6990 return D; 6991 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6992 6993 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6994 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6995 else 6996 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6997 6998 // Enter a new function scope 6999 PushFunctionScope(); 7000 7001 // See if this is a redefinition. 7002 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7003 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7004 7005 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7006 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7007 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7008 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7009 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7010 } 7011 } 7012 7013 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7014 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7015 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7016 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7017 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7018 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7019 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7020 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7021 7022 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7023 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7024 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7025 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7026 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7027 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7028 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7029 7030 if (FnBodyScope) 7031 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7032 7033 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7034 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7035 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7036 7037 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7038 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7039 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7040 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7041 7042 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7043 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7044 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7045 7046 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7047 } 7048 } 7049 7050 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7051 // dllimport attribute. 7052 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7053 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7054 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7055 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7056 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7057 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7058 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7059 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7060 << "dllimport"; 7061 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7062 return FD; 7063 } 7064 7065 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7066 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7067 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7068 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7069 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7070 // emitted. 7071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7072 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7073 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7074 } 7075 } 7076 return FD; 7077} 7078 7079/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7080/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7081/// optimization. 7082/// 7083/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7084/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7085/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7086/// use the named return value optimization. 7087/// 7088/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7089/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7090/// the NRVO variable. 7091/// 7092/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7093/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7094/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7095void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7096 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7097 7098 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7099 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7100 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7101 return; 7102 7103 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7104 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7105 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7106 return; 7107 } 7108 7109 if (NRVOCandidate) 7110 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7111} 7112 7113Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7114 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7115} 7116 7117Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7118 bool IsInstantiation) { 7119 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7120 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7121 if (FunTmpl) 7122 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7123 else 7124 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7125 7126 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7127 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7128 7129 if (FD) { 7130 FD->setBody(Body); 7131 if (FD->isMain()) { 7132 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 7133 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7134 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7135 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7136 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 7137 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 7138 // statements. 7139 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7140 } 7141 7142 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7143 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7144 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7145 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7146 7147 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7148 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7149 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7150 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7151 7152 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7153 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7154 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7155 7156 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7157 } 7158 7159 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 7160 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7161 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7162 MD->setBody(Body); 7163 if (Body) 7164 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 7165 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7166 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7167 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7168 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7169 7170 if (Body) 7171 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7172 } 7173 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7174 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7175 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7176 } 7177 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7178 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7179 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7180 } 7181 } else { 7182 return 0; 7183 } 7184 7185 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7186 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7187 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7188 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7189 7190 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7191 if (Body) { 7192 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7193 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7194 // Verify this. 7195 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7196 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7197 7198 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7199 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7200 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7201 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7202 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7203 7204 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7205 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7206 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7207 7208 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7209 Destructor->getParent()); 7210 } 7211 7212 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7213 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7214 // deletion in some later function. 7215 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7216 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7217 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7218 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7219 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7220 // enabled. 7221 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7222 } 7223 7224 if (FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7225 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)) 7226 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7227 7228 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7229 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7230 } 7231 7232 if (!IsInstantiation) 7233 PopDeclContext(); 7234 7235 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7236 7237 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7238 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7239 // deletion in some later function. 7240 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7241 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7242 } 7243 7244 return dcl; 7245} 7246 7247 7248/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7249/// relevant Decl. 7250void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7251 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7252 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7253} 7254 7255 7256/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7257/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7258NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7259 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7260 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7261 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7262 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7263 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7264 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7265 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7266 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7267 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7268 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7269 return Pos->second; 7270 } 7271 7272 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7273 unsigned diag_id; 7274 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7275 diag_id = diag::err_builtin_unknown; 7276 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 7277 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7278 else 7279 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7280 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7281 7282 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7283 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7284 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7285 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7286 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7287 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0))) { 7288 NamedDecl *Decl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 7289 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) { 7290 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()); 7291 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()); 7292 7293 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7294 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7295 7296 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7297 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7298 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7299 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7300 } 7301 } 7302 } 7303 7304 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7305 const char *Dummy; 7306 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7307 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7308 unsigned DiagID; 7309 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7310 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7311 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7312 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7313 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7314 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7315 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7316 SourceLocation(), 7317 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7318 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7319 DS.getAttributes(), 7320 SourceLocation()); 7321 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7322 7323 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7324 7325 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7326 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7327 7328 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7329 FD->setImplicit(); 7330 7331 CurContext = PrevDC; 7332 7333 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7334 7335 return FD; 7336} 7337 7338/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7339/// the declaration of this function. 7340/// 7341/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7342/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7343/// like NSLog or printf. 7344/// 7345/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7346/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7347void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7348 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7349 return; 7350 7351 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7352 // actual attributes. 7353 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7354 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7355 unsigned FormatIdx; 7356 bool HasVAListArg; 7357 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7358 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7359 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7360 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 7361 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7362 } 7363 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7364 HasVAListArg)) { 7365 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7366 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7367 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7368 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7369 } 7370 7371 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7372 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7373 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7374 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 7375 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7376 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7377 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7378 } 7379 7380 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7381 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7382 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7383 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7384 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7385 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7386 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7387 } 7388 7389 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7390 if (!Name) 7391 return; 7392 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7393 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7394 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7395 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7396 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7397 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7398 // about. 7399 } else 7400 return; 7401 7402 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 7403 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 7404 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7405 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 7406 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 7407 } else 7408 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7409 "printf", 1, 7410 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 7411 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7412 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7413 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7414 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7415 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7416 "printf", 2, 7417 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7418 } 7419} 7420 7421TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7422 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7423 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7424 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7425 7426 if (!TInfo) { 7427 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7428 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7429 } 7430 7431 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7432 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7433 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7434 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7435 D.getIdentifier(), 7436 TInfo); 7437 7438 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7439 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7440 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7441 return NewTD; 7442 } 7443 7444 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7445 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7446 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7447 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7448 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7449 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7450 else 7451 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7452 } 7453 7454 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7455 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7456 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7457 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7458 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7459 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7460 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7461 case TST_enum: 7462 case TST_struct: 7463 case TST_union: 7464 case TST_class: { 7465 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7466 7467 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7468 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7469 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7470 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7471 7472 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7473 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7474 7475 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7476 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7477 break; 7478 7479 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7480 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7481 break; 7482 } 7483 7484 default: 7485 break; 7486 } 7487 7488 return NewTD; 7489} 7490 7491 7492/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7493/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7494/// 7495/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7496bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7497 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7498 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7499 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7500 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7501 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7502 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7503 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7504 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7505 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7506 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7507 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7508 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7509 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7510 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7511 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7512 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7513 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7514 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7515 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7516 return true; 7517 7518 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7519 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7520 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7521 bool isTemplate = false; 7522 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7523 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7524 7525 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7526 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7527 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7528 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7529 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7530 return true; 7531 } 7532 7533 if (isDefinition) { 7534 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7535 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7536 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7537 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7538 return true; 7539 } 7540 7541 bool previousMismatch = false; 7542 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7543 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7544 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7545 if (!previousMismatch) { 7546 previousMismatch = true; 7547 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7548 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7549 } 7550 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7551 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7552 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7553 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7554 "class" : "struct"); 7555 } 7556 } 7557 return true; 7558 } 7559 7560 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7561 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7562 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7563 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7564 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7565 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7566 return true; 7567 } 7568 7569 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7570 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7571 << isTemplate << &Name; 7572 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7573 7574 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7575 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7576 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7577 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7578 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7579 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7580 } 7581 7582 return true; 7583 } 7584 return false; 7585} 7586 7587/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7588/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7589/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7590/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7591Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7592 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7593 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7594 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7595 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7596 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7597 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7598 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7599 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7600 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7601 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7602 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7603 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7604 7605 OwnedDecl = false; 7606 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7607 7608 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7609 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7610 bool Invalid = false; 7611 7612 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7613 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7614 // for non-C++ cases. 7615 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7616 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7617 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7618 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7619 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7620 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7621 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7622 isExplicitSpecialization, 7623 Invalid)) { 7624 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7625 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7626 // be a member of another template). 7627 7628 if (Invalid) 7629 return 0; 7630 7631 OwnedDecl = false; 7632 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7633 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7634 TemplateParams, AS, 7635 ModulePrivateLoc, 7636 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7637 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7638 return Result.get(); 7639 } else { 7640 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7641 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7642 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7643 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7644 } 7645 } 7646 } 7647 7648 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7649 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7650 // redeclaration. 7651 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7652 7653 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7654 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7655 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7656 // type, default to int. 7657 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7658 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7659 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7660 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7661 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7662 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7663 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7664 7665 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7666 7667 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7668 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7669 << T; 7670 // Recover by falling back to int. 7671 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7672 } 7673 7674 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7675 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7676 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7677 7678 } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 7679 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7680 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7681 } 7682 7683 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7684 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7685 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7686 7687 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7688 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7689 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7690 7691 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7692 7693 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7694 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7695 7696 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7697 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7698 Name = 0; 7699 goto CreateNewDecl; 7700 } 7701 7702 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7703 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7704 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7705 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7706 if (!DC) { 7707 IsDependent = true; 7708 return 0; 7709 } 7710 } else { 7711 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7712 if (!DC) { 7713 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7714 << SS.getRange(); 7715 return 0; 7716 } 7717 } 7718 7719 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7720 return 0; 7721 7722 SearchDC = DC; 7723 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7724 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7725 7726 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7727 return 0; 7728 7729 if (Previous.empty()) { 7730 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7731 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7732 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7733 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7734 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7735 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7736 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7737 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7738 IsDependent = true; 7739 return 0; 7740 } 7741 7742 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7743 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7744 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7745 Name = 0; 7746 Invalid = true; 7747 goto CreateNewDecl; 7748 } 7749 } else if (Name) { 7750 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7751 // declaration or definition. 7752 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7753 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7754 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7755 LookupName(Previous, S); 7756 7757 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7758 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7759 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7760 while (F.hasNext()) { 7761 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7762 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7763 F.erase(); 7764 } 7765 F.done(); 7766 } 7767 7768 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7769 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7770 return 0; 7771 7772 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7773 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7774 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7775 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7776 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7777 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7778 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7779 } 7780 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7781 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7782 // initial context to the translation unit. 7783 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7784 } 7785 7786 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7787 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7788 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7789 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7790 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7791 Previous.clear(); 7792 } 7793 7794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7795 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7796 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7797 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7798 7799 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7800 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7801 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7802 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7803 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7804 } 7805 } 7806 7807 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7808 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7809 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7810 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7811 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7812 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7813 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7814 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7815 7816 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7817 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7818 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7819 // 7820 // class-key identifier 7821 // 7822 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7823 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7824 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7825 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7826 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7827 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7828 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7829 // declaration. 7830 // 7831 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7832 // C structs and unions. 7833 // 7834 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7835 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7836 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7837 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7838 // 7839 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7840 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7841 // 7842 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7843 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7844 // lexical context, 7845 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7846 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7847 7848 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7849 while (S->isClassScope() || 7850 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7851 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7852 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7853 (S->getEntity() && 7854 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7855 S = S->getParent(); 7856 } else { 7857 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7858 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7859 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7860 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7861 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7862 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7863 } 7864 7865 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7866 // diagnose some problems. 7867 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7868 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7869 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7870 } 7871 } 7872 7873 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7874 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7875 7876 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7877 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7878 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7879 // in C++. 7880 // 7881 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7882 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7883 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7884 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7885 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7886 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7887 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7888 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7889 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7890 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7891 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7892 PrevDecl = Tag; 7893 Previous.clear(); 7894 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7895 Previous.resolveKind(); 7896 } 7897 } 7898 } 7899 } 7900 7901 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7902 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7903 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7904 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7905 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7906 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7907 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7908 // struct or something similar. 7909 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7910 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7911 *Name)) { 7912 bool SafeToContinue 7913 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7914 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7915 if (SafeToContinue) 7916 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7917 << Name 7918 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7919 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7920 else 7921 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7922 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7923 7924 if (SafeToContinue) 7925 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7926 else { 7927 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7928 Name = 0; 7929 Previous.clear(); 7930 Invalid = true; 7931 } 7932 } 7933 7934 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7935 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7936 7937 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7938 // returning the previous declaration. 7939 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7940 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7941 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7942 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7943 return PrevTagDecl; 7944 } 7945 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7946 QualType T; 7947 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7948 T = TI->getType(); 7949 else 7950 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7951 7952 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, 7953 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7954 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7955 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7956 << T 7957 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7958 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7959 return PrevTagDecl; 7960 } 7961 } 7962 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7963 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7964 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7965 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7966 return PrevTagDecl; 7967 } 7968 } 7969 7970 if (!Invalid) { 7971 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7972 7973 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7974 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7975 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7976 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7977 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7978 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7979 return PrevTagDecl; 7980 7981 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7982 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7983 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7984 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7985 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7986 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7987 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7988 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7989 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7990 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7991 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7992 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7993 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7994 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7995 // references get the previous definition. 7996 Name = 0; 7997 Previous.clear(); 7998 Invalid = true; 7999 } 8000 } else { 8001 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8002 // about a nested redefinition. 8003 const TagType *Tag 8004 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8005 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8006 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8007 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8008 diag::note_previous_definition); 8009 Name = 0; 8010 Previous.clear(); 8011 Invalid = true; 8012 } 8013 } 8014 8015 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8016 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8017 } 8018 } 8019 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8020 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8021 8022 } else { 8023 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8024 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8025 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8026 // have distinct types. 8027 Previous.clear(); 8028 } 8029 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8030 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8031 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8032 8033 8034 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8035 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8036 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8037 } else { 8038 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8039 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8040 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8041 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8042 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8043 unsigned Kind = 0; 8044 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8045 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8046 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8047 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8048 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8049 Invalid = true; 8050 8051 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8052 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8053 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8054 // do nothing 8055 8056 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8057 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8058 unsigned Kind = 0; 8059 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8060 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8061 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8062 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8063 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8064 Invalid = true; 8065 8066 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8067 // case here. 8068 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8069 unsigned Kind = 0; 8070 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8071 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8072 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8073 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8074 Invalid = true; 8075 8076 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8077 } else { 8078 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8079 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8080 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8081 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8082 Name = 0; 8083 Invalid = true; 8084 } 8085 8086 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8087 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8088 Previous.clear(); 8089 } 8090 } 8091 8092CreateNewDecl: 8093 8094 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8095 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8096 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8097 8098 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8099 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8100 // keyword. 8101 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8102 8103 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8104 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8105 // PrevDecl. 8106 TagDecl *New; 8107 8108 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8109 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8110 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8111 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8112 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8113 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8114 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8115 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8116 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8117 TagDecl *Def; 8118 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8119 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8120 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8121 } 8122 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8123 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8124 << New; 8125 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8126 } else { 8127 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8128 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 8129 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8130 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8131 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8132 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8133 8134 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8135 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8136 // the declaration context. 8137 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8138 IsForwardReference = true; 8139 } 8140 } 8141 8142 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8143 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8144 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8145 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8146 else 8147 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8148 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8149 } 8150 8151 } else { 8152 // struct/union/class 8153 8154 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8155 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8156 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8157 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8158 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8159 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8160 8161 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8162 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8163 } else 8164 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8165 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8166 } 8167 8168 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8169 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8170 if (SS.isSet()) { 8171 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8172 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8173 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8174 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8175 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8176 } 8177 } 8178 else 8179 Invalid = true; 8180 } 8181 8182 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8183 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8184 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8185 // 8186 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8187 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8188 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8189 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8190 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8191 // parsing of the struct). 8192 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8193 8194 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8195 } 8196 8197 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8198 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8200 << 2 8201 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8202 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8203 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8204 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8205 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8206 New->setModulePrivate(); 8207 } 8208 8209 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8210 // check the specialization. 8211 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8212 Invalid = true; 8213 8214 if (Invalid) 8215 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8216 8217 if (Attr) 8218 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8219 8220 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8221 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8222 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8224 8225 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8226 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8227 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8228 8229 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8230 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8231 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8232 // the tag name visible. 8233 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8234 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8235 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt); 8236 8237 // Set the access specifier. 8238 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8239 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8240 8241 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8242 New->startDefinition(); 8243 8244 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8245 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8246 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8247 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8248 if (PrevDecl) 8249 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8250 8251 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8252 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8253 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8254 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8255 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8256 } else if (Name) { 8257 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8258 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8259 if (IsForwardReference) 8260 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8261 8262 } else { 8263 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8264 } 8265 8266 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8267 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8268 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8269 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8270 II->isStr("FILE")) 8271 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8272 8273 OwnedDecl = true; 8274 return New; 8275} 8276 8277void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8278 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8279 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8280 8281 // Enter the tag context. 8282 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8283} 8284 8285Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8286 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8287 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8288 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8289 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8290 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8291 CurContext = OCD; 8292 return IDecl; 8293} 8294 8295void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8296 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8297 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8298 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8299 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8300 8301 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8302 8303 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8304 return; 8305 8306 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8307 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8308 8309 // C++ [class]p2: 8310 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8311 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8312 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8313 // as if it were a public member name. 8314 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8315 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8316 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8317 Record->getIdentifier(), 8318 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8319 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8320 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8321 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8322 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8323 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8324 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8325 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8326 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8327 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8328} 8329 8330void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8331 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8332 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8333 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8334 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8335 8336 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8337 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8338 8339 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8340 PopDeclContext(); 8341 8342 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8343 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8344} 8345 8346void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8347 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8348 PopDeclContext(); 8349} 8350 8351void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8352 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8353 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8354 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8355} 8356 8357void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8358 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8359 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8360} 8361 8362void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8363 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8364 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8365 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8366 8367 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8368 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8369 // the FieldCollector. 8370 8371 PopDeclContext(); 8372} 8373 8374// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8375bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8376 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 8377 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8378 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8379 if (ZeroWidth) 8380 *ZeroWidth = true; 8381 8382 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8383 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8384 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8385 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8386 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8387 return true; 8388 if (FieldName) 8389 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8390 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8391 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8392 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8393 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8394 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8395 return true; 8396 8397 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8398 // it now. 8399 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8400 return false; 8401 8402 llvm::APSInt Value; 8403 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 8404 return true; 8405 8406 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8407 *ZeroWidth = false; 8408 8409 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8410 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8411 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8412 8413 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8414 if (FieldName) 8415 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8416 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8417 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8418 << Value.toString(10); 8419 } 8420 8421 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8422 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8423 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8424 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8425 if (FieldName) 8426 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8427 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8428 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8429 8430 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8431 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8432 } 8433 8434 if (FieldName) 8435 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8436 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8437 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8438 else 8439 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8440 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8441 } 8442 } 8443 8444 return false; 8445} 8446 8447/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8448/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8449Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8450 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8451 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8452 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8453 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8454 return Res; 8455} 8456 8457/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8458/// 8459FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8460 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8461 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8462 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8463 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8464 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8465 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8466 8467 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8468 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8469 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8470 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8471 8472 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8473 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8474 D.setInvalidType(); 8475 T = Context.IntTy; 8476 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8477 } 8478 } 8479 8480 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8481 8482 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8483 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8484 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8485 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8486 << 2; 8487 8488 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8489 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8490 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8491 LookupName(Previous, S); 8492 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 8493 case LookupResult::Found: 8494 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 8495 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8496 break; 8497 8498 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 8499 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8500 break; 8501 8502 case LookupResult::NotFound: 8503 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 8504 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 8505 break; 8506 } 8507 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 8508 8509 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8510 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8511 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8512 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8513 PrevDecl = 0; 8514 } 8515 8516 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8517 PrevDecl = 0; 8518 8519 bool Mutable 8520 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8521 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8522 FieldDecl *NewFD 8523 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8524 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8525 8526 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8527 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8528 8529 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8530 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8531 8532 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8533 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8534 // with the same name in the same scope. 8535 } else if (II) { 8536 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8537 } else 8538 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8539 8540 return NewFD; 8541} 8542 8543/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8544/// 8545/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8546/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8547/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8548/// created. 8549/// 8550/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8551/// 8552/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8553FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8554 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8555 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8556 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8557 SourceLocation TSSL, 8558 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8559 Declarator *D) { 8560 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8561 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8562 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8563 8564 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8565 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8566 if (T.isNull()) { 8567 InvalidDecl = true; 8568 T = Context.IntTy; 8569 } 8570 8571 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8572 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8573 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8574 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8575 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8576 InvalidDecl = true; 8577 } 8578 8579 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8580 // than a variably modified type. 8581 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8582 bool SizeIsNegative; 8583 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8584 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8585 SizeIsNegative, 8586 Oversized); 8587 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8588 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8589 T = FixedTy; 8590 } else { 8591 if (SizeIsNegative) 8592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8593 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8594 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8595 << Oversized.toString(10); 8596 else 8597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8598 InvalidDecl = true; 8599 } 8600 } 8601 8602 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8603 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8604 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8605 AbstractFieldType)) 8606 InvalidDecl = true; 8607 8608 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8609 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8610 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 8611 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 8612 InvalidDecl = true; 8613 BitWidth = 0; 8614 ZeroWidth = false; 8615 } 8616 8617 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8618 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8619 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8620 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8621 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8622 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8623 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8624 8625 if (DiagID) { 8626 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8627 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8628 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8629 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8630 Mutable = false; 8631 InvalidDecl = true; 8632 } 8633 } 8634 8635 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8636 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8637 if (InvalidDecl) 8638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8639 8640 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8642 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8643 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8644 } 8645 8646 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8647 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8648 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8649 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8650 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8651 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8652 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8653 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8654 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8655 // objects. 8656 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8657 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8658 } 8659 } 8660 8661 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8662 // the program is ill-formed. 8663 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8664 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8665 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8666 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8667 } 8668 } 8669 } 8670 8671 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8672 // representation, not a parser representation. 8673 if (D) 8674 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8675 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8676 8677 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8678 // retainable type. 8679 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8680 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 8682 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8683 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8684 8685 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8686 return NewFD; 8687} 8688 8689bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8690 assert(FD); 8691 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8692 8693 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8694 return true; 8695 8696 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8697 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8698 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8699 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8700 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8701 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8702 // copy constructors. 8703 8704 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8705 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8706 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8707 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8708 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8709 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8710 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8711 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8712 member = CXXDestructor; 8713 8714 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8715 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8716 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8717 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8718 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8719 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8720 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8721 // members unavailable. 8722 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8723 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8724 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8725 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8726 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8727 return false; 8728 } 8729 } 8730 8731 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ? 8732 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 8733 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8734 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8735 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8736 return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x; 8737 } 8738 } 8739 } 8740 8741 return false; 8742} 8743 8744/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8745/// special member, figure out why. 8746void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8747 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8748 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8749 8750 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8751 switch (member) { 8752 case CXXInvalid: 8753 break; 8754 8755 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8756 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8757 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8758 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8759 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8760 ci->hasBody(body); 8761 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8762 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8763 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8764 return; 8765 } 8766 } 8767 8768 llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors"); 8769 } 8770 break; 8771 8772 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8773 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8774 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8775 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8776 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8777 return; 8778 } 8779 break; 8780 8781 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8782 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8783 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8784 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8785 return; 8786 } 8787 break; 8788 8789 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8790 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8791 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8792 // assignment, not the type. 8793 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8794 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8795 return; 8796 } 8797 break; 8798 8799 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8800 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8801 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8802 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8803 return; 8804 } 8805 break; 8806 8807 case CXXDestructor: 8808 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8809 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8810 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8811 return; 8812 } 8813 break; 8814 } 8815 8816 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8817 8818 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8819 // but not trivial destruction. 8820 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8821 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8822 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8823 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8824 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8825 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8826 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8827 return; 8828 } 8829 8830 // Check for virtual methods. 8831 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8832 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8833 ++mi) { 8834 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8835 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8836 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8837 return; 8838 } 8839 } 8840 } 8841 8842 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8843 switch (member) { 8844 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8845 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8846 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8847 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8848 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8849 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8850 case CXXDestructor: 8851 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8852 default: 8853 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 8854 } 8855 8856 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8857 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8858 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8859 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8860 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8861 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8862 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8863 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8864 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8865 return; 8866 } 8867 } 8868 8869 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8870 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8871 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8872 ++fi) { 8873 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8874 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8875 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8876 8877 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8878 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8879 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8880 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8881 return; 8882 } 8883 } 8884 8885 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8886 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8887 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8888 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8889 break; 8890 8891 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8892 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8893 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8894 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8895 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8896 return; 8897 } 8898 } 8899 } 8900 8901 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8902} 8903 8904/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8905/// AST enum value. 8906static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8907TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8908 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8909 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 8910 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8911 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8912 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8913 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8914 } 8915} 8916 8917/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8918/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8919Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8920 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8921 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 8922 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8923 8924 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8925 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8926 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8927 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8928 8929 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8930 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8931 8932 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8933 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8934 8935 if (BitWidth) { 8936 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8937 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8938 D.setInvalidType(); 8939 BitWidth = 0; 8940 } 8941 } else { 8942 // Not a bitfield. 8943 8944 // validate II. 8945 8946 } 8947 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8948 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8949 D.setInvalidType(); 8950 } 8951 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8952 // than a variably modified type. 8953 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8954 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8955 D.setInvalidType(); 8956 } 8957 8958 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8959 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8960 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8961 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8962 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8963 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 8964 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8965 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8966 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8967 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8968 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8969 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8970 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8971 } 8972 else 8973 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8974 } else { 8975 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8976 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8977 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8979 return 0; 8980 } 8981 } 8982 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8983 } 8984 8985 // Construct the decl. 8986 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8987 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8988 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8989 8990 if (II) { 8991 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8992 ForRedeclaration); 8993 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8994 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8996 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8997 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8998 } 8999 } 9000 9001 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9002 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9003 9004 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9005 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9006 9007 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9008 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9009 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9010 9011 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9012 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9013 9014 if (II) { 9015 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9016 // these to the interface. 9017 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9018 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9019 } 9020 9021 return NewID; 9022} 9023 9024/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9025/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9026/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9027/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9028void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9029 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9030 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9031 return; 9032 9033 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9034 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9035 9036 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9037 return; 9038 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9039 if (!ID) { 9040 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9041 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9042 return; 9043 } 9044 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9045 else 9046 return; 9047 } 9048 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9049 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9050 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9051 9052 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9053 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9054 Context.CharTy, 9055 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9056 DeclLoc), 9057 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9058 true); 9059 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9060} 9061 9062void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9063 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9064 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9065 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9066 AttributeList *Attr) { 9067 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9068 9069 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9070 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9071 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9072 return; 9073 9074 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9075 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9076 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9077 9078 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9079 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9080 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9081 i != end; ++i) { 9082 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9083 9084 // Get the type for the field. 9085 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9086 9087 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9088 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9089 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9090 } 9091 9092 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9093 // diagnostics about it. 9094 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9095 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9096 continue; 9097 } 9098 9099 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9100 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9101 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9102 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9103 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9104 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9105 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9106 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9107 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9108 // array. 9109 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9110 // Field declared as a function. 9111 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9112 << FD->getDeclName(); 9113 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9114 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9115 continue; 9116 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9117 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9118 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt || 9119 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 9120 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9121 // Flexible array member. 9122 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9123 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9124 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9125 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9126 if (Record->isUnion()) 9127 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9128 << FD->getDeclName(); 9129 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9130 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9131 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9132 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9133 if (Record->isUnion()) 9134 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9135 << FD->getDeclName(); 9136 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9137 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9138 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9139 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9141 << FD->getDeclName(); 9142 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9143 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9144 continue; 9145 } 9146 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9147 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9149 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9150 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9151 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9152 continue; 9153 } 9154 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9155 if (Record) 9156 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9157 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9158 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9159 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9160 // Incomplete type 9161 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9162 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9163 continue; 9164 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9165 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9166 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9167 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9168 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9169 } else { 9170 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9171 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9172 // structures. 9173 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9174 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9175 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9176 else { 9177 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9178 // other structs as an extension. 9179 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9180 << FD->getDeclName(); 9181 if (Record) 9182 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9183 } 9184 } 9185 } 9186 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9187 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9188 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9189 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9191 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9192 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9193 FD->setType(T); 9194 } 9195 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9196 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9197 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9198 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9199 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9200 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9201 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9202 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9203 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9204 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9205 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9206 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9207 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9208 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9209 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9210 } 9211 } else { 9212 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9213 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9214 } 9215 ARCErrReported = true; 9216 } 9217 } 9218 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 9219 getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9220 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9221 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9222 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9223 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9224 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9225 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9226 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9227 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9228 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9229 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9230 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9231 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9232 } 9233 } 9234 } 9235 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9236 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9237 ++NumNamedMembers; 9238 } 9239 9240 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9241 if (Record) { 9242 bool Completed = false; 9243 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9244 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9245 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9246 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9247 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9248 I != E; ++I) 9249 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9250 9251 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9252 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9253 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9254 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9255 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9256 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9257 // 9258 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9259 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9260 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9261 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9262 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9263 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9264 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9265 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9266 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9267 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9268 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9269 << CXXRecord; 9270 } else { 9271 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9272 // for them is going to be tricky. 9273 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9274 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9275 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9276 << CXXRecord << 0; 9277 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9278 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9279 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9280 << CXXRecord << 1; 9281 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9282 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9283 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9284 << CXXRecord << 2; 9285 } 9286 } 9287 9288 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9289 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 9290 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9291 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9292 9293 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9294 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9295 9296 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9297 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9298 // problem now. 9299 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9300 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9301 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9302 9303 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9304 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9305 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9306 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9307 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9308 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9309 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9310 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9311 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9312 continue; 9313 9314 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9315 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9316 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9317 // program is ill-formed. 9318 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9319 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9320 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9321 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9322 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9323 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9324 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9325 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9326 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9327 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9328 9329 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9330 } 9331 } 9332 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9333 Completed = true; 9334 } 9335 } 9336 } 9337 } 9338 9339 if (!Completed) 9340 Record->completeDefinition(); 9341 9342 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 9343 // we were missing. 9344 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 9345 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 9346 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 9347 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 9348 break; 9349 9350 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 9351 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 9352 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 9353 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 9354 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 9355 } 9356 9357 } else { 9358 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9359 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9360 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9361 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9362 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9363 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9364 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9365 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9366 } 9367 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9368 // duplicates. 9369 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9370 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9371 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9372 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9373 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9374 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9375 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9376 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9377 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9378 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9379 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9380 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9381 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 9382 // reported as errors elsewhere. 9383 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 9384 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 9385 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 9386 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 9387 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 9388 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9389 if (IDecl) { 9390 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 9391 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9392 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9393 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9394 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9395 continue; 9396 } 9397 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 9398 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 9399 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 9400 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 9401 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9402 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9403 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9404 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9405 continue; 9406 } 9407 } 9408 } 9409 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 9410 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9411 } 9412 } 9413 } 9414 9415 if (Attr) 9416 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 9417 9418 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 9419 // set the visibility of this record. 9420 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 9421 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 9422} 9423 9424/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 9425/// the given type T. 9426static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 9427 llvm::APSInt &Value, 9428 QualType T) { 9429 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9430 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 9431 9432 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 9433 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 9434 --BitWidth; 9435 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 9436 } 9437 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9438} 9439 9440// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9441// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9442static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9443 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9444 // enum checking below. 9445 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9446 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9447 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9448 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9449 }; 9450 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9451 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9452 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9453 }; 9454 9455 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9456 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9457 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9458 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9459 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9460 return Types[I]; 9461 9462 return QualType(); 9463} 9464 9465EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9466 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9467 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9468 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9469 Expr *Val) { 9470 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9471 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9472 QualType EltTy; 9473 9474 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9475 Val = 0; 9476 9477 if (Val) 9478 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 9479 9480 if (Val) { 9481 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9482 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9483 else { 9484 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9485 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9486 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9487 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 9488 Val = 0; 9489 } else { 9490 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9491 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9492 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9493 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9494 // representable as an int. 9495 9496 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9497 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9498 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9499 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9500 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9501 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9502 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9503 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9504 } 9505 } 9506 9507 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9508 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9509 9510 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9511 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 9512 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 9513 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9514 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9515 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9516 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9517 } else 9518 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 9519 << EltTy; 9520 } else 9521 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9522 } 9523 else { 9524 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9525 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9526 // is the type of its initializing value: 9527 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9528 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9529 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9530 } 9531 } 9532 } 9533 } 9534 9535 if (!Val) { 9536 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9537 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9538 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9539 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9540 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9541 // is the type of its initializing value: 9542 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9543 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9544 // 9545 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9546 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9547 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9548 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9549 } 9550 else { 9551 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9552 } 9553 } else { 9554 // Assign the last value + 1. 9555 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9556 ++EnumVal; 9557 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9558 9559 // Check for overflow on increment. 9560 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9561 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9562 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9563 // is the type of its initializing value: 9564 // 9565 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9566 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9567 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9568 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9569 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9570 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9571 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9572 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9573 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9574 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9575 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9576 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9577 ++EnumVal; 9578 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9579 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9580 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9581 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9582 << EltTy; 9583 else 9584 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9585 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9586 } else { 9587 EltTy = T; 9588 } 9589 9590 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9591 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9592 // value, then increment. 9593 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9594 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9595 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9596 ++EnumVal; 9597 9598 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9599 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9600 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9601 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9602 // integral type. 9603 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9604 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9605 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9606 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9607 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9608 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9609 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9610 } 9611 } 9612 } 9613 9614 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9615 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9616 // enumerator's type. 9617 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9618 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9619 } 9620 9621 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9622 Val, EnumVal); 9623} 9624 9625 9626Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9627 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9628 AttributeList *Attr, 9629 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) { 9630 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9631 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9632 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9633 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 9634 9635 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9636 // we find one that is. 9637 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9638 9639 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9640 // scope. 9641 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9642 ForRedeclaration); 9643 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9644 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9645 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9646 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9647 PrevDecl = 0; 9648 } 9649 9650 if (PrevDecl) { 9651 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9652 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9653 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9654 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9655 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9656 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9657 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9658 else 9659 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9660 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9661 return 0; 9662 } 9663 } 9664 9665 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9666 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9667 // name different from T: 9668 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9669 // type 9670 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9671 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9672 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9673 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9674 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9675 9676 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9677 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9678 9679 if (New) { 9680 // Process attributes. 9681 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9682 9683 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9684 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9685 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9686 } 9687 9688 return New; 9689} 9690 9691void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9692 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9693 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9694 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9695 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9696 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9697 9698 if (Attr) 9699 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9700 9701 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9702 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9703 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9704 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9705 if (!ECD) continue; 9706 9707 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9708 } 9709 9710 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9711 return; 9712 } 9713 9714 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9715 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9716 // emit a warning. 9717 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9718 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9719 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9720 9721 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9722 // reverse the list. 9723 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9724 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9725 9726 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9727 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9728 9729 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9730 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9731 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9732 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9733 9734 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9735 9736 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9737 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9738 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9739 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9740 else 9741 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9742 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9743 9744 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9745 if (AllElementsInt) 9746 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9747 } 9748 9749 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9750 QualType BestType; 9751 unsigned BestWidth; 9752 9753 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9754 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9755 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9756 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9757 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9758 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9759 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9760 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9761 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9762 QualType BestPromotionType; 9763 9764 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9765 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9766 // enum definitions. 9767 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9768 Packed = true; 9769 9770 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9771 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9772 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 9773 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 9774 else 9775 BestPromotionType = BestType; 9776 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9777 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9778 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9779 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9780 } 9781 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9782 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9783 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9784 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9785 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9786 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9787 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9788 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9789 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9790 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9791 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9792 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9793 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9794 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9795 } else { 9796 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 9797 9798 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9799 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9800 } else { 9801 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9802 9803 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9804 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9805 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9806 } 9807 } 9808 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9809 } else { 9810 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9811 // all of the enumerator values. 9812 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9813 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9814 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9815 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9816 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9817 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9818 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9819 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9820 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9821 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9822 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9823 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9824 BestPromotionType 9825 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9826 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9827 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9828 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 9829 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9830 BestPromotionType 9831 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9832 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9833 } else { 9834 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9835 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9836 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9837 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9838 BestPromotionType 9839 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9840 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9841 } 9842 } 9843 9844 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9845 // the type of the enum if needed. 9846 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9847 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9848 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9849 9850 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9851 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9852 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9853 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9854 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9855 9856 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9857 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9858 9859 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9860 // the enum decl type. 9861 QualType NewTy; 9862 unsigned NewWidth; 9863 bool NewSign; 9864 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9865 !Enum->isFixed() && 9866 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9867 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9868 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9869 NewSign = true; 9870 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9871 // Already the right type! 9872 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9873 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9874 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9875 // enumeration. 9876 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9877 continue; 9878 } else { 9879 NewTy = BestType; 9880 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9881 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9882 } 9883 9884 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9885 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9886 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9887 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9888 9889 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9890 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9891 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9892 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9893 CK_IntegralCast, 9894 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9895 /*base paths*/ 0, 9896 VK_RValue)); 9897 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9898 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9899 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9900 // enumeration. 9901 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9902 else 9903 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9904 } 9905 9906 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9907 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9908} 9909 9910Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9911 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9912 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9913 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9914 9915 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9916 AsmString, StartLoc, 9917 EndLoc); 9918 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9919 return New; 9920} 9921 9922DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 9923 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 9924 ModuleIdPath Path) { 9925 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 9926 Module::AllVisible, 9927 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 9928 if (!Mod) 9929 return true; 9930 9931 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 9932 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 9933 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 9934 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 9935 // We need the length to be consistent. 9936 if (!ModCheck) 9937 break; 9938 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 9939 9940 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 9941 } 9942 9943 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 9944 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9945 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 9946 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 9947 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 9948 return Import; 9949} 9950 9951void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9952 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9953 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9954 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9955 9956 if (PrevDecl) { 9957 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9958 } else { 9959 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9960 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9961 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9962 } 9963} 9964 9965void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9966 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9967 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9968 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9969 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9970 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9971 LookupOrdinaryName); 9972 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9973 9974 if (PrevDecl) { 9975 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9976 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9977 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9978 } else { 9979 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9980 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9981 } 9982} 9983 9984Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 9985 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 9986} 9987 9988AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 9989 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 9990 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 9991 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 9992 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 9993 9994 return D->getAvailability(); 9995} 9996